1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 116 * loop. */ 117 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 118 119 /* 120 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 121 */ 122 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 123 124 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 125 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 127 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 128 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 129 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 130 #endif 131 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange, proftime_T *syntax_tm); 132 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 133 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 134 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 137 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 140 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 141 static void start_search_hl(void); 142 static void end_search_hl(void); 143 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 144 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 145 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 146 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 147 #endif 148 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 149 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 151 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 152 #endif 153 static void screenclear2(void); 154 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width); 155 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 156 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 157 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 158 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 159 #endif 160 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del); 161 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 162 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 163 static void recording_mode(int attr); 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 165 static void draw_tabline(void); 166 #endif 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 168 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin); 169 #endif 170 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 171 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 174 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 177 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 178 #endif 179 180 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 181 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 182 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 183 #endif 184 185 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 186 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 187 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 188 #endif 189 190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 191 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 192 #else 193 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 194 #endif 195 196 /* 197 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 198 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 199 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 200 */ 201 void 202 redraw_later(int type) 203 { 204 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 205 } 206 207 void 208 redraw_win_later( 209 win_T *wp, 210 int type) 211 { 212 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 213 { 214 wp->w_redr_type = type; 215 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 216 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 217 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 218 must_redraw = type; 219 } 220 } 221 222 /* 223 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 224 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 225 */ 226 void 227 redraw_later_clear(void) 228 { 229 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 231 if (gui.in_use) 232 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 233 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 234 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 235 else 236 #endif 237 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 238 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 243 */ 244 void 245 redraw_all_later(int type) 246 { 247 win_T *wp; 248 249 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 250 { 251 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 252 } 253 } 254 255 /* 256 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 257 */ 258 void 259 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 260 { 261 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 262 } 263 264 void 265 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 266 { 267 win_T *wp; 268 269 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 270 { 271 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 272 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 273 } 274 } 275 276 void 277 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 278 { 279 win_T *wp; 280 281 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 282 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 283 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 284 * would disappear. */ 285 return; 286 #endif 287 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 288 { 289 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 290 { 291 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 292 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 293 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 294 #endif 295 } 296 } 297 } 298 299 /* 300 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 301 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 302 * Return a code indicating what happened. 303 */ 304 int 305 redraw_asap(int type) 306 { 307 int rows; 308 int cols = screen_Columns; 309 int r; 310 int ret = 0; 311 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 312 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 314 int i; 315 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 316 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 317 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 318 #endif 319 320 redraw_later(type); 321 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 322 return ret; 323 324 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 325 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 326 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 327 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 328 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 329 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 330 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 331 ret = 2; 332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 333 if (enc_utf8) 334 { 335 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 336 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 337 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 338 ret = 2; 339 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 340 { 341 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 342 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 343 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 344 ret = 2; 345 } 346 } 347 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 348 { 349 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 350 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 351 if (screenline2 == NULL) 352 ret = 2; 353 } 354 #endif 355 356 if (ret != 2) 357 { 358 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 359 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 360 { 361 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 362 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 363 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 364 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 365 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 366 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 368 if (enc_utf8) 369 { 370 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 371 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 372 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 373 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 374 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 375 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 376 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 377 } 378 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 379 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 380 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 381 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 382 #endif 383 } 384 385 update_screen(0); 386 ret = 3; 387 388 if (must_redraw == 0) 389 { 390 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 391 392 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 393 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 394 { 395 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 396 screenline + r * cols, 397 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 398 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 399 screenattr + r * cols, 400 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 402 if (enc_utf8) 403 { 404 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 405 screenlineUC + r * cols, 406 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 407 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 408 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 409 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 410 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 411 } 412 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 413 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 414 screenline2 + r * cols, 415 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 416 #endif 417 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 418 } 419 ret = 4; 420 } 421 } 422 423 vim_free(screenline); 424 vim_free(screenattr); 425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 426 if (enc_utf8) 427 { 428 vim_free(screenlineUC); 429 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 430 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 431 } 432 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 433 vim_free(screenline2); 434 #endif 435 436 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 437 maybe_intro_message(); 438 439 setcursor(); 440 441 return ret; 442 } 443 444 /* 445 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 446 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 447 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 448 */ 449 void 450 redraw_after_callback(void) 451 { 452 ++redrawing_for_callback; 453 454 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 455 ; /* do nothing */ 456 else if (State & CMDLINE) 457 { 458 /* Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 459 * wildmenu entries. */ 460 if (msg_scrolled == 0 461 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 462 && wild_menu_showing == 0 463 #endif 464 ) 465 update_screen(0); 466 /* Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 467 * editing the command. */ 468 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 469 } 470 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT)) 471 { 472 /* keep the command line if possible */ 473 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 474 setcursor(); 475 } 476 cursor_on(); 477 out_flush(); 478 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 479 if (gui.in_use) 480 { 481 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 482 * flicker. */ 483 if (!gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 484 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 485 gui_mch_flush(); 486 } 487 #endif 488 489 --redrawing_for_callback; 490 } 491 492 /* 493 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 494 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 495 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 496 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 497 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 498 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 499 */ 500 void 501 redrawWinline( 502 linenr_T lnum, 503 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 504 { 505 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 506 int i; 507 #endif 508 509 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 510 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 511 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 512 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 513 redraw_later(VALID); 514 515 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 516 if (invalid) 517 { 518 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 519 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 520 if (i >= 0) 521 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 522 } 523 #endif 524 } 525 526 /* 527 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 528 */ 529 void 530 update_curbuf(int type) 531 { 532 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 533 update_screen(type); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 538 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 539 */ 540 void 541 update_screen(int type_arg) 542 { 543 int type = type_arg; 544 win_T *wp; 545 static int did_intro = FALSE; 546 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 547 int did_one; 548 #endif 549 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 550 int did_undraw = FALSE; 551 int gui_cursor_col; 552 int gui_cursor_row; 553 #endif 554 int no_update = FALSE; 555 556 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 557 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 558 return; 559 560 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 561 { 562 no_update = TRUE; 563 type = 0; 564 } 565 566 if (must_redraw) 567 { 568 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 569 type = must_redraw; 570 571 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 572 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 573 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 574 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 575 must_redraw = 0; 576 } 577 578 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 579 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 580 type = NOT_VALID; 581 582 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 583 * recursively. */ 584 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 585 { 586 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 587 must_redraw = type; 588 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 589 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 590 return; 591 } 592 593 updating_screen = TRUE; 594 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 595 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 596 * display updating */ 597 #endif 598 if (no_update) 599 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 600 601 /* 602 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 603 */ 604 if (msg_scrolled) 605 { 606 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 607 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 608 type = CLEAR; 609 else if (type != CLEAR) 610 { 611 check_for_delay(FALSE); 612 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 613 type = CLEAR; 614 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 615 { 616 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 617 { 618 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 619 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 620 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 621 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 622 { 623 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 624 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 625 } 626 else 627 { 628 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 629 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 630 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 631 <= msg_scrolled) 632 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 633 #endif 634 } 635 } 636 } 637 if (!no_update) 638 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 639 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 640 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 641 #endif 642 } 643 msg_scrolled = 0; 644 need_wait_return = FALSE; 645 } 646 647 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 648 compute_cmdrow(); 649 650 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 651 if (need_highlight_changed) 652 highlight_changed(); 653 654 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 655 { 656 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 657 type = NOT_VALID; 658 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 659 must_redraw = 0; 660 } 661 662 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 663 check_for_delay(FALSE); 664 665 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 666 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 667 * changes. */ 668 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 669 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 670 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 671 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 672 #endif 673 674 /* 675 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 676 */ 677 if (type == INVERTED) 678 update_curswant(); 679 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 680 && !((type == VALID 681 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 683 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 684 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 685 #endif 686 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 687 || (type == INVERTED 688 && VIsual_active 689 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 690 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 691 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 692 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 693 )) 694 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 695 696 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 697 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 698 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 699 draw_tabline(); 700 #endif 701 702 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 703 /* 704 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 705 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 706 */ 707 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 708 { 709 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 710 { 711 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 712 win_T *wwp; 713 714 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 715 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 716 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 717 break; 718 # endif 719 if ( 720 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 721 wwp == wp && 722 # endif 723 syntax_present(wp)) 724 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 725 } 726 } 727 #endif 728 729 /* 730 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 731 * it. 732 */ 733 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 734 did_one = FALSE; 735 #endif 736 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 737 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 738 #endif 739 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 740 { 741 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 742 { 743 cursor_off(); 744 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 745 if (!did_one) 746 { 747 did_one = TRUE; 748 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 749 start_search_hl(); 750 # endif 751 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 752 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 753 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 754 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 755 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 756 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 757 # endif 758 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 759 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 760 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 761 * it. */ 762 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 763 { 764 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 765 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 766 gui_undraw_cursor(); 767 did_undraw = TRUE; 768 } 769 #endif 770 } 771 #endif 772 win_update(wp); 773 } 774 775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 776 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 777 if (wp->w_redr_status) 778 { 779 cursor_off(); 780 win_redr_status(wp); 781 } 782 #endif 783 } 784 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 785 end_search_hl(); 786 #endif 787 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 788 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 789 if (pum_visible()) 790 pum_redraw(); 791 #endif 792 793 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 794 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 795 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 796 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 797 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 798 #else 799 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 800 #endif 801 802 updating_screen = FALSE; 803 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 804 gui_may_resize_shell(); 805 #endif 806 807 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 808 * mess up the command line. */ 809 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 810 showmode(); 811 812 if (no_update) 813 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 814 815 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 816 if (!did_intro) 817 maybe_intro_message(); 818 did_intro = TRUE; 819 820 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 821 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 822 * done. */ 823 if (gui.in_use) 824 { 825 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 826 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 827 { 828 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 829 * uses that. */ 830 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 831 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 832 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 833 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 834 # endif 835 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 836 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 837 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 838 } 839 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 840 } 841 #endif 842 } 843 844 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 845 /* 846 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 847 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 848 */ 849 static void 850 update_prepare(void) 851 { 852 cursor_off(); 853 updating_screen = TRUE; 854 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 855 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 856 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 857 if (gui.in_use) 858 gui_undraw_cursor(); 859 #endif 860 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 861 start_search_hl(); 862 #endif 863 } 864 865 /* 866 * Finish updating one or more windows. 867 */ 868 static void 869 update_finish(void) 870 { 871 if (redraw_cmdline) 872 showmode(); 873 874 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 875 end_search_hl(); 876 # endif 877 878 updating_screen = FALSE; 879 880 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 881 gui_may_resize_shell(); 882 883 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 884 * done. */ 885 if (gui.in_use) 886 { 887 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 888 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 889 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 890 } 891 # endif 892 } 893 #endif 894 895 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 896 /* 897 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 898 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 899 */ 900 int 901 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 902 { 903 int c; 904 905 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 906 return FALSE; 907 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 908 c = 'v'; 909 else if (State & INSERT) 910 c = 'i'; 911 else if (State & NORMAL) 912 c = 'n'; 913 else if (State & CMDLINE) 914 c = 'c'; 915 else 916 return FALSE; 917 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 918 } 919 920 /* 921 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 922 */ 923 void 924 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 925 { 926 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 927 { 928 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 929 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 930 * without concealing. */ 931 curs_columns(TRUE); 932 } 933 } 934 935 void 936 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 937 { 938 int row; 939 int j; 940 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 941 proftime_T syntax_tm; 942 #endif 943 944 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 945 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 946 return; 947 948 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 949 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 950 { 951 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 952 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 953 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 954 #endif 955 update_prepare(); 956 957 row = 0; 958 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 959 { 960 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 961 { 962 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 963 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 964 init_search_hl(wp); 965 start_search_hl(); 966 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 967 # endif 968 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE, 969 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 970 &syntax_tm 971 #else 972 NULL 973 #endif 974 ); 975 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 976 end_search_hl(); 977 # endif 978 break; 979 } 980 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 981 } 982 983 update_finish(); 984 } 985 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 986 } 987 #endif 988 989 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 990 void 991 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 992 { 993 win_T *wp; 994 int doit = FALSE; 995 996 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 997 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 998 # endif 999 1000 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 1001 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1002 { 1003 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 1004 { 1005 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 1006 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 1007 { 1008 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 1009 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 1010 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 1011 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 1012 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1013 } 1014 } 1015 else 1016 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1017 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1018 doit = TRUE; 1019 } 1020 1021 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1022 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ 1023 if (!doit || updating_screen 1024 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1025 || gui.starting 1026 #endif 1027 || starting) 1028 return; 1029 1030 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1031 update_prepare(); 1032 1033 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1034 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1035 { 1036 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1037 win_update(wp); 1038 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1039 win_redr_status(wp); 1040 } 1041 # else 1042 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 1043 win_update(curwin); 1044 # endif 1045 1046 update_finish(); 1047 } 1048 #endif 1049 1050 1051 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1052 /* 1053 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1054 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1055 */ 1056 void 1057 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1058 { 1059 /* return if already busy updating */ 1060 if (updating_screen) 1061 return; 1062 1063 update_prepare(); 1064 1065 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1066 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1067 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1068 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1069 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1070 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1071 #endif 1072 1073 win_update(wp); 1074 1075 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1076 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1077 if (redraw_tabline) 1078 draw_tabline(); 1079 1080 if (wp->w_redr_status 1081 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1082 || p_ru 1083 # endif 1084 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1085 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1086 # endif 1087 ) 1088 win_redr_status(wp); 1089 #endif 1090 1091 update_finish(); 1092 } 1093 #endif 1094 1095 /* 1096 * Update a single window. 1097 * 1098 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1099 * screen or scrolling lines). 1100 * 1101 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1102 * implies the one below it. 1103 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1104 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1105 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1106 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1107 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1108 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1109 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1110 * 3. redraw changed text: 1111 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1112 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1113 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1114 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1115 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1116 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1117 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1118 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1119 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1120 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1121 */ 1122 static void 1123 win_update(win_T *wp) 1124 { 1125 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1126 int type; 1127 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1128 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1129 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1130 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1131 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1132 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1133 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1134 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1135 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1136 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1138 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1139 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1140 #endif 1141 1142 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1143 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1144 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1145 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1146 1147 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1148 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1149 int i; 1150 long j; 1151 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1152 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1153 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1154 long fold_count; 1155 #endif 1156 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1157 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1158 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1159 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1160 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1161 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1162 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1163 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1164 #endif 1165 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1166 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1167 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1168 int save_got_int; 1169 #endif 1170 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1171 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1172 #endif 1173 1174 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1175 1176 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1177 { 1178 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1179 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1180 #endif 1181 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1182 } 1183 1184 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1185 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1186 { 1187 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1188 return; 1189 } 1190 1191 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1192 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1193 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1194 { 1195 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1196 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1197 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1198 return; 1199 } 1200 #endif 1201 1202 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1203 if (wp->w_buffer->b_term != NULL) 1204 { 1205 /* This window contains a terminal, redraw works completely 1206 * differently. */ 1207 term_update_window(wp); 1208 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1209 return; 1210 } 1211 #endif 1212 1213 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1214 init_search_hl(wp); 1215 #endif 1216 1217 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1218 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1219 * changes. */ 1220 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1221 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1222 { 1223 type = NOT_VALID; 1224 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1225 } 1226 else 1227 #endif 1228 1229 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1230 { 1231 /* 1232 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1233 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1234 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1235 */ 1236 type = NOT_VALID; 1237 } 1238 else 1239 { 1240 /* 1241 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1242 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1243 */ 1244 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1245 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1246 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1247 else 1248 mod_bot = 0; 1249 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1250 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1251 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1252 { 1253 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1254 { 1255 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1256 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1257 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1258 * in a pattern match. */ 1259 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1260 { 1261 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1262 if (mod_top < 1) 1263 mod_top = 1; 1264 } 1265 #endif 1266 } 1267 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1268 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1269 1270 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1271 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1272 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1273 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1274 * lines above the change. 1275 * Same for a match pattern. 1276 */ 1277 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1278 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1279 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1280 else 1281 { 1282 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1283 while (cur != NULL) 1284 { 1285 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1286 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1287 { 1288 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1289 break; 1290 } 1291 cur = cur->next; 1292 } 1293 } 1294 #endif 1295 } 1296 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1297 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1298 { 1299 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1300 1301 /* 1302 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1303 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1304 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1305 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1306 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1307 */ 1308 1309 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1310 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1311 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1312 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1313 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1314 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1315 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1316 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1317 { 1318 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1319 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1320 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1321 { 1322 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1323 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1324 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1325 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1326 ++lnumb; 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1331 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1332 mod_top = lnumt; 1333 1334 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1335 --mod_bot; 1336 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1337 ++mod_bot; 1338 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1339 mod_bot = lnumb; 1340 } 1341 #endif 1342 1343 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1344 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1345 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1346 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1347 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1348 { 1349 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1350 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1351 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1352 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1353 top_end = 1; 1354 #endif 1355 } 1356 1357 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1358 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1359 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1360 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1361 } 1362 1363 /* 1364 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1365 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1366 */ 1367 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1368 { 1369 j = 0; 1370 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1371 { 1372 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1373 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1374 { 1375 top_end = j; 1376 break; 1377 } 1378 } 1379 if (top_end == 0) 1380 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1381 type = NOT_VALID; 1382 else 1383 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1384 type = VALID; 1385 } 1386 1387 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1388 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1389 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1390 * called. */ 1391 if (screen_cleared) 1392 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1393 1394 /* 1395 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1396 * handle three cases: 1397 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1398 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1399 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1400 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1401 */ 1402 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1403 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1404 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1405 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1406 #endif 1407 ) 1408 { 1409 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1410 { 1411 /* 1412 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1413 * further down. 1414 */ 1415 } 1416 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1417 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1418 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1419 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1420 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1421 #endif 1422 )) 1423 { 1424 /* 1425 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1426 */ 1427 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1428 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1429 { 1430 linenr_T ln; 1431 1432 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1433 * of folded lines as one */ 1434 j = 0; 1435 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1436 { 1437 ++j; 1438 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1439 break; 1440 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1441 } 1442 } 1443 else 1444 #endif 1445 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1446 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1447 { 1448 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1450 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1451 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1452 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1453 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1454 #endif 1455 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1456 { 1457 /* 1458 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1459 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1460 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1461 */ 1462 if (i > 0) 1463 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1464 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1465 { 1466 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1467 { 1468 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1469 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1470 top_end = i; 1471 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1472 1473 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1474 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1475 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1476 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1477 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1478 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1479 while (idx >= 0) 1480 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1481 } 1482 } 1483 else 1484 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1485 } 1486 else 1487 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1488 } 1489 else 1490 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1491 } 1492 else 1493 { 1494 /* 1495 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1496 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1497 * needs updating. 1498 */ 1499 1500 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1501 j = -1; 1502 row = 0; 1503 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1504 { 1505 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1506 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1507 { 1508 j = i; 1509 break; 1510 } 1511 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1512 } 1513 if (j == -1) 1514 { 1515 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1516 * lines */ 1517 mid_start = 0; 1518 } 1519 else 1520 { 1521 /* 1522 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1523 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1524 */ 1525 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1526 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1527 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1528 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1529 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1530 else 1531 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1532 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1533 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1534 #endif 1535 if (row > 0) 1536 { 1537 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1538 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1539 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1540 else 1541 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1542 } 1543 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1544 { 1545 /* 1546 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1547 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1548 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1549 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1550 */ 1551 bot_start = 0; 1552 idx = 0; 1553 for (;;) 1554 { 1555 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1556 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1557 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1558 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1559 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1560 { 1561 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1562 break; 1563 } 1564 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1565 1566 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1567 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1568 { 1569 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1570 break; 1571 } 1572 } 1573 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1574 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1575 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1576 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1577 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1578 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1579 + wp->w_topfill; 1580 #endif 1581 } 1582 } 1583 } 1584 1585 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1586 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1587 * first. */ 1588 if (mid_start == 0) 1589 { 1590 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1591 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1592 { 1593 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1594 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1595 * then. */ 1596 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1597 screenclear(); 1598 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1599 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1600 if (redraw_tabline) 1601 draw_tabline(); 1602 #endif 1603 } 1604 } 1605 1606 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1607 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1608 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1609 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1610 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1611 must_redraw = 0; 1612 } 1613 else 1614 { 1615 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1616 mid_start = 0; 1617 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1618 } 1619 1620 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1621 { 1622 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1623 mid_start = 0; 1624 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1625 type = NOT_VALID; 1626 } 1627 1628 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1629 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1630 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1631 { 1632 linenr_T from, to; 1633 1634 if (VIsual_active) 1635 { 1636 if (VIsual_active 1637 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1638 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1639 { 1640 /* 1641 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1642 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1643 * gained or lost. 1644 */ 1645 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1646 { 1647 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1648 to = VIsual.lnum; 1649 } 1650 else 1651 { 1652 from = VIsual.lnum; 1653 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1654 } 1655 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1656 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1657 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1658 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1659 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1660 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1661 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1662 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1663 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1664 } 1665 else 1666 { 1667 /* 1668 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1669 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1670 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1671 */ 1672 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1673 { 1674 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1675 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1676 } 1677 else 1678 { 1679 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1680 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1681 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1682 from = to; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1686 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1687 { 1688 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1689 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1690 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1691 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1692 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1693 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1694 from = VIsual.lnum; 1695 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1696 to = VIsual.lnum; 1697 } 1698 } 1699 1700 /* 1701 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1702 * update all lines. 1703 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1704 */ 1705 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1706 { 1707 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1708 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1709 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1710 1711 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1712 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1713 #endif 1714 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1715 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1716 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1717 #endif 1718 ++toc; 1719 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1720 toc = MAXCOL; 1721 1722 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1723 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1724 { 1725 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1726 from = VIsual.lnum; 1727 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1728 to = VIsual.lnum; 1729 } 1730 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1731 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1732 } 1733 } 1734 else 1735 { 1736 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1737 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1738 { 1739 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1740 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1741 } 1742 else 1743 { 1744 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1745 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1746 } 1747 } 1748 1749 /* 1750 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1751 */ 1752 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1753 from = wp->w_topline; 1754 1755 /* 1756 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1757 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1758 */ 1759 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1760 { 1761 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1762 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1763 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1764 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1765 } 1766 1767 /* 1768 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1769 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1770 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1771 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1772 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1773 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1774 * mid_end (in srow). 1775 */ 1776 if (mid_start > 0) 1777 { 1778 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1779 idx = 0; 1780 srow = 0; 1781 if (scrolled_down) 1782 mid_start = top_end; 1783 else 1784 mid_start = 0; 1785 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1786 { 1787 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1788 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1789 else if (!scrolled_down) 1790 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1791 ++idx; 1792 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1793 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1794 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1795 else 1796 # endif 1797 ++lnum; 1798 } 1799 srow += mid_start; 1800 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1801 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1802 { 1803 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1804 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1805 { 1806 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1807 mid_end = srow; 1808 break; 1809 } 1810 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1811 } 1812 } 1813 } 1814 1815 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1816 { 1817 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1818 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1819 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1820 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1821 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1822 } 1823 else 1824 { 1825 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1826 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1827 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1828 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1829 } 1830 1831 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1832 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1833 save_got_int = got_int; 1834 got_int = 0; 1835 #endif 1836 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1837 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1838 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1839 #endif 1840 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1841 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1842 #endif 1843 1844 /* 1845 * Update all the window rows. 1846 */ 1847 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1848 row = 0; 1849 srow = 0; 1850 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1851 for (;;) 1852 { 1853 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1854 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1855 if (row == wp->w_height) 1856 { 1857 didline = TRUE; 1858 break; 1859 } 1860 1861 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1862 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1863 { 1864 eof = TRUE; 1865 break; 1866 } 1867 1868 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1869 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1870 srow = row; 1871 1872 /* 1873 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1874 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1875 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1876 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1877 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1878 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1879 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1880 */ 1881 if (row < top_end 1882 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1883 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1884 || top_to_mod 1885 #endif 1886 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1887 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1888 || (mod_top != 0 1889 && (lnum == mod_top 1890 || (lnum >= mod_top 1891 && (lnum < mod_bot 1892 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1893 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1894 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1895 && syntax_present(wp) 1896 && ( 1897 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1898 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1899 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1900 # endif 1901 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1902 #endif 1903 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1904 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1905 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1906 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1907 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1908 #endif 1909 ))))) 1910 { 1911 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1912 if (lnum == mod_top) 1913 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1914 #endif 1915 1916 /* 1917 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1918 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1919 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1920 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1921 */ 1922 if (lnum == mod_top 1923 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1924 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1925 { 1926 int old_rows = 0; 1927 int new_rows = 0; 1928 int xtra_rows; 1929 linenr_T l; 1930 1931 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1932 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1933 * currently displayed. */ 1934 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1935 { 1936 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1937 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1938 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1939 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1940 break; 1941 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1942 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1943 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1944 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1945 { 1946 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1947 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1948 ++i; 1949 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1950 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1951 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1952 break; 1953 } 1954 #endif 1955 } 1956 1957 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1958 { 1959 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1960 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1961 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1962 bot_start = 0; 1963 } 1964 else 1965 { 1966 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1967 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1968 j = idx; 1969 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1970 { 1971 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1972 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1973 ++new_rows; 1974 else 1975 #endif 1976 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1977 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1978 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1979 + wp->w_topfill; 1980 else 1981 #endif 1982 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1983 ++j; 1984 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1985 { 1986 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1987 new_rows = 9999; 1988 break; 1989 } 1990 } 1991 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1992 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1993 { 1994 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1995 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1996 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1997 * below the scrolled text. */ 1998 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1999 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2000 else 2001 { 2002 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2003 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 2004 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2005 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2006 else 2007 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 2008 } 2009 } 2010 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 2011 { 2012 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 2013 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 2014 * rest. */ 2015 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2016 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2017 else 2018 { 2019 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2020 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2021 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2022 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2023 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2024 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2025 * updating down. */ 2026 top_end += xtra_rows; 2027 } 2028 } 2029 2030 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2031 * entries. */ 2032 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2033 { 2034 if (j < i) 2035 { 2036 int x = row + new_rows; 2037 2038 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2039 for (;;) 2040 { 2041 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2042 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2043 { 2044 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2045 break; 2046 } 2047 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2048 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2049 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2050 > wp->w_height) 2051 { 2052 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2053 break; 2054 } 2055 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2056 ++i; 2057 } 2058 if (bot_start > x) 2059 bot_start = x; 2060 } 2061 else /* j > i */ 2062 { 2063 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2064 j -= i; 2065 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2066 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2067 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2068 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2069 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2070 2071 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2072 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2073 * Reset to zero. */ 2074 while (i >= idx) 2075 { 2076 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2077 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2078 } 2079 } 2080 } 2081 } 2082 } 2083 2084 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2085 /* 2086 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2087 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2088 * 'wrap' is on). 2089 */ 2090 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2091 if (fold_count != 0) 2092 { 2093 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2094 ++row; 2095 --fold_count; 2096 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2097 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2098 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2099 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2100 # endif 2101 } 2102 else 2103 #endif 2104 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2105 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2106 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2107 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2108 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2109 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2110 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2111 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2112 #endif 2113 ) 2114 { 2115 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2116 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2117 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2118 } 2119 else 2120 { 2121 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2122 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2123 #endif 2124 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2125 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2126 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2127 && syntax_present(wp)) 2128 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2129 #endif 2130 2131 /* 2132 * Display one line. 2133 */ 2134 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0, 2135 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2136 &syntax_tm 2137 #else 2138 NULL 2139 #endif 2140 ); 2141 2142 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2143 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2144 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2145 #endif 2146 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2147 did_update = DID_LINE; 2148 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2149 #endif 2150 } 2151 2152 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2153 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2154 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2155 { 2156 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2157 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2158 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2159 ++idx; 2160 break; 2161 } 2162 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2163 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2164 ++idx; 2165 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2166 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2167 #else 2168 ++lnum; 2169 #endif 2170 } 2171 else 2172 { 2173 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2174 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2175 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2176 break; 2177 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2178 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2179 #else 2180 ++lnum; 2181 #endif 2182 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2183 did_update = DID_NONE; 2184 #endif 2185 } 2186 2187 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2188 { 2189 eof = TRUE; 2190 break; 2191 } 2192 } 2193 /* 2194 * End of loop over all window lines. 2195 */ 2196 2197 2198 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2199 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2200 2201 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2202 /* 2203 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2204 */ 2205 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2206 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2207 #endif 2208 2209 /* 2210 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2211 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2212 */ 2213 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2214 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2215 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2216 #endif 2217 if (!eof && !didline) 2218 { 2219 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2220 { 2221 /* 2222 * Single line that does not fit! 2223 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2224 */ 2225 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2226 } 2227 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2228 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2229 { 2230 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2231 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2232 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2233 } 2234 #endif 2235 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2236 { 2237 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2238 2239 /* 2240 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2241 */ 2242 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, W_WINCOL(wp), 2243 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2244 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2245 (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2246 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2247 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2248 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2249 } 2250 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2251 { 2252 /* 2253 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2254 */ 2255 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2256 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2257 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2258 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2259 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2260 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2261 } 2262 else 2263 { 2264 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2265 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2266 } 2267 } 2268 else 2269 { 2270 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 2271 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2272 #endif 2273 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2274 { 2275 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2276 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2277 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2278 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2279 { 2280 /* 2281 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2282 */ 2283 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2284 i = '-'; 2285 else 2286 i = fill_diff; 2287 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2288 j = wp->w_height - row; 2289 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2290 row += j; 2291 } 2292 #endif 2293 } 2294 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2295 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2296 2297 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2298 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2299 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2300 } 2301 2302 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2303 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2304 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2305 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2306 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2307 #endif 2308 2309 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2310 { 2311 /* 2312 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2313 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2314 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2315 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2316 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2317 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2318 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2319 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2320 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2321 * changes are relevant). 2322 */ 2323 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2324 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2325 { 2326 recursive = TRUE; 2327 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2328 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2329 if (must_redraw != 0) 2330 { 2331 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2332 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2333 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2334 win_update(curwin); 2335 must_redraw = 0; 2336 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2337 } 2338 recursive = FALSE; 2339 } 2340 } 2341 2342 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2343 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2344 if (!got_int) 2345 got_int = save_got_int; 2346 #endif 2347 } 2348 2349 /* 2350 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2351 * as the filler character. 2352 */ 2353 static void 2354 win_draw_end( 2355 win_T *wp, 2356 int c1, 2357 int c2, 2358 int row, 2359 int endrow, 2360 hlf_T hl) 2361 { 2362 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2363 int n = 0; 2364 # define FDC_OFF n 2365 #else 2366 # define FDC_OFF 0 2367 #endif 2368 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2369 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2370 #endif 2371 2372 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2373 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2374 { 2375 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2376 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2377 n = fdc; 2378 2379 if (n > 0) 2380 { 2381 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2382 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2383 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2384 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2385 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2386 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2387 } 2388 # endif 2389 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2390 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2391 { 2392 int nn = n + 2; 2393 2394 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2395 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2396 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2397 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2398 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2399 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2400 n = nn; 2401 } 2402 # endif 2403 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2404 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2405 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2406 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2407 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2408 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2409 } 2410 else 2411 #endif 2412 { 2413 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2414 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2415 { 2416 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2417 n = 1; 2418 if (n > wp->w_width) 2419 n = wp->w_width; 2420 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2421 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2422 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2423 } 2424 #endif 2425 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2426 if (fdc > 0) 2427 { 2428 int nn = n + fdc; 2429 2430 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2431 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2432 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2433 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2434 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2435 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2436 n = nn; 2437 } 2438 #endif 2439 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2440 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2441 { 2442 int nn = n + 2; 2443 2444 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2445 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2446 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2447 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2448 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2449 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2450 n = nn; 2451 } 2452 #endif 2453 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2454 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2455 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2456 } 2457 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2458 } 2459 2460 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2461 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2462 2463 /* 2464 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2465 */ 2466 static int 2467 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2468 { 2469 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2470 ++*color_cols; 2471 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2472 } 2473 #endif 2474 2475 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2476 /* 2477 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2478 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2479 */ 2480 static int 2481 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2482 { 2483 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2484 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2485 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2486 2487 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2488 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2489 return fdc; 2490 } 2491 2492 /* 2493 * Display one folded line. 2494 */ 2495 static void 2496 fold_line( 2497 win_T *wp, 2498 long fold_count, 2499 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2500 linenr_T lnum, 2501 int row) 2502 { 2503 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2504 pos_T *top, *bot; 2505 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2506 int len; 2507 char_u *text; 2508 int fdc; 2509 int col; 2510 int txtcol; 2511 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2512 int ri; 2513 2514 /* Build the fold line: 2515 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2516 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2517 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2518 * 4. Compose the text 2519 * 5. Add the text 2520 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2521 */ 2522 col = 0; 2523 2524 /* 2525 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2526 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2527 */ 2528 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2529 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2530 { 2531 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2532 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2534 if (enc_utf8) 2535 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2536 #endif 2537 ++col; 2538 } 2539 #endif 2540 2541 /* 2542 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2543 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2544 */ 2545 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2546 if (fdc > 0) 2547 { 2548 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2549 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2550 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2551 { 2552 int i; 2553 2554 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2555 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2556 /* reverse the fold column */ 2557 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2558 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2559 } 2560 else 2561 #endif 2562 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2563 col += fdc; 2564 } 2565 2566 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2567 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2568 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2569 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2570 else \ 2571 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2572 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2573 #else 2574 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2575 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2576 #endif 2577 2578 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2579 * text */ 2580 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2581 2582 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2583 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2584 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2585 { 2586 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2587 if (len > 0) 2588 { 2589 if (len > 2) 2590 len = 2; 2591 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2592 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2593 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2594 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2595 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2596 else 2597 # endif 2598 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2599 col += len; 2600 } 2601 } 2602 #endif 2603 2604 /* 2605 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2606 */ 2607 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2608 { 2609 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2610 if (len > 0) 2611 { 2612 int w = number_width(wp); 2613 long num; 2614 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2615 2616 if (len > w + 1) 2617 len = w + 1; 2618 2619 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2620 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2621 num = (long)lnum; 2622 else 2623 { 2624 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2625 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2626 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2627 { 2628 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2629 * line number */ 2630 num = lnum; 2631 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2632 } 2633 } 2634 2635 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2637 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2638 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2639 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2640 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2641 else 2642 #endif 2643 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2644 col += len; 2645 } 2646 } 2647 2648 /* 2649 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2650 */ 2651 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2652 2653 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2654 2655 /* 2656 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2657 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2658 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2659 */ 2660 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2661 if (has_mbyte) 2662 { 2663 int cells; 2664 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2665 int i; 2666 int idx; 2667 int c_len; 2668 char_u *p; 2669 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2670 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2671 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2672 # endif 2673 2674 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2675 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2676 idx = off; 2677 else 2678 # endif 2679 idx = off + col; 2680 2681 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2682 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2683 { 2684 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2685 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2686 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2687 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2688 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2689 # endif 2690 ) 2691 break; 2692 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2693 if (enc_utf8) 2694 { 2695 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2696 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2697 { 2698 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2699 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2700 prev_c = u8c; 2701 #endif 2702 } 2703 else 2704 { 2705 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2706 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2707 { 2708 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2709 int pc, pc1, nc; 2710 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2711 int firstbyte = *p; 2712 2713 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2714 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2715 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2716 { 2717 pc = prev_c; 2718 pc1 = prev_c1; 2719 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2720 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2721 } 2722 else 2723 { 2724 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2725 nc = prev_c; 2726 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2727 } 2728 prev_c = u8c; 2729 2730 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2731 pc, pc1, nc); 2732 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2733 } 2734 else 2735 prev_c = u8c; 2736 #endif 2737 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2738 #ifdef UNICODE16 2739 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2740 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2741 else 2742 #endif 2743 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2744 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2745 { 2746 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2747 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2748 break; 2749 } 2750 } 2751 if (cells > 1) 2752 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2753 } 2754 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2755 /* double-byte single width character */ 2756 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2757 else if (cells > 1) 2758 /* double-width character */ 2759 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2760 col += cells; 2761 idx += cells; 2762 p += c_len; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 else 2766 #endif 2767 { 2768 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2769 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2770 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2771 if (len > 0) 2772 { 2773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2774 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2775 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2776 else 2777 #endif 2778 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2779 col += len; 2780 } 2781 } 2782 2783 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2784 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2785 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2786 col -= txtcol; 2787 #endif 2788 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2789 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2790 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2791 #endif 2792 ) 2793 { 2794 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2795 if (enc_utf8) 2796 { 2797 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2798 { 2799 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2800 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2801 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2802 } 2803 else 2804 { 2805 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2806 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2807 } 2808 col++; 2809 } 2810 else 2811 #endif 2812 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2813 } 2814 2815 if (text != buf) 2816 vim_free(text); 2817 2818 /* 2819 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2820 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2821 */ 2822 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2823 { 2824 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2825 { 2826 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2827 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2828 bot = &VIsual; 2829 } 2830 else 2831 { 2832 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2833 top = &VIsual; 2834 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2835 } 2836 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2837 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2838 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2839 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2840 || (lnum == top->lnum 2841 && top->col == 0)) 2842 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2843 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2844 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2845 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2846 { 2847 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2848 { 2849 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2850 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2851 { 2852 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2853 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2854 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2855 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2856 else 2857 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2858 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2859 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2860 } 2861 } 2862 else 2863 { 2864 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2865 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2866 } 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2871 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2872 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2873 { 2874 int i = 0; 2875 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2876 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2877 2878 while (j > -1) 2879 { 2880 txtcol += j; 2881 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2882 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2883 else 2884 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2885 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2886 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2887 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2888 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2889 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2890 } 2891 } 2892 2893 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2894 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2895 { 2896 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2897 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2898 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2899 else 2900 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2901 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2902 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2903 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2904 } 2905 #endif 2906 2907 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2908 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2909 2910 /* 2911 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2912 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2913 */ 2914 if (wp == curwin 2915 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2916 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2917 { 2918 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2919 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2920 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2921 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 /* 2926 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2927 */ 2928 static void 2929 copy_text_attr( 2930 int off, 2931 char_u *buf, 2932 int len, 2933 int attr) 2934 { 2935 int i; 2936 2937 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2938 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2939 if (enc_utf8) 2940 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2941 # endif 2942 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2943 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2944 } 2945 2946 /* 2947 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2948 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2949 */ 2950 static void 2951 fill_foldcolumn( 2952 char_u *p, 2953 win_T *wp, 2954 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2955 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2956 { 2957 int i = 0; 2958 int level; 2959 int first_level; 2960 int empty; 2961 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2962 2963 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2964 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2965 2966 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2967 if (level > 0) 2968 { 2969 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2970 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2971 2972 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2973 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2974 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2975 if (first_level < 1) 2976 first_level = 1; 2977 2978 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2979 { 2980 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2981 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2982 p[i] = '-'; 2983 else if (first_level == 1) 2984 p[i] = '|'; 2985 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2986 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2987 else 2988 p[i] = '>'; 2989 if (first_level + i == level) 2990 break; 2991 } 2992 } 2993 if (closed) 2994 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2995 } 2996 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2997 2998 /* 2999 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3000 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3001 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3002 * 3003 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3004 */ 3005 static int 3006 win_line( 3007 win_T *wp, 3008 linenr_T lnum, 3009 int startrow, 3010 int endrow, 3011 int nochange UNUSED, /* not updating for changed text */ 3012 proftime_T *syntax_tm) 3013 { 3014 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3015 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3016 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3017 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3018 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3019 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3020 #endif 3021 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3022 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3023 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3024 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3025 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3026 3027 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3028 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3029 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3030 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3031 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3032 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3033 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3034 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3035 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3036 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3037 3038 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3039 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3040 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3041 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3042 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3043 3044 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3045 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3046 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3047 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3048 3049 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3050 3051 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3052 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3053 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3054 pos_T *top, *bot; 3055 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3056 pos_T pos; 3057 long v; 3058 3059 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3060 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3061 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3062 in this line */ 3063 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3064 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3065 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3066 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3067 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3068 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3069 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3070 int save_did_emsg; 3071 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3072 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3073 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3074 #endif 3075 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3076 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3077 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3078 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3079 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3080 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3081 starts */ 3082 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3083 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3084 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3085 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3086 * there are no spell errors */ 3087 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3088 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3089 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3090 #endif 3091 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3093 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3094 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3095 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3096 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3097 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3098 #endif 3099 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3100 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3101 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3102 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3103 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3104 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3105 #endif 3106 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3107 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3108 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3109 chars */ 3110 #endif 3111 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 3112 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3113 # define LINE_ATTR 3114 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3115 #endif 3116 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3117 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3118 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3119 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3120 has been processed or not */ 3121 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3122 in progress */ 3123 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3124 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3125 of the matches */ 3126 #endif 3127 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3128 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3129 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3130 #endif 3131 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3132 int did_line_attr = 0; 3133 #endif 3134 3135 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3136 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3137 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3138 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3139 #else 3140 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3141 #endif 3142 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3143 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3144 #else 3145 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3146 #endif 3147 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3148 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3149 #else 3150 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3151 #endif 3152 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3153 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3154 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3155 #else 3156 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3157 #endif 3158 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3159 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3160 #else 3161 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3162 #endif 3163 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3164 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3165 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3166 int feedback_col = 0; 3167 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3168 #endif 3169 3170 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3171 int syntax_flags = 0; 3172 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3173 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3174 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3175 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3176 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3177 wrapping */ 3178 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3179 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3180 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3181 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3182 int old_boguscols = 0; 3183 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3184 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3185 { \ 3186 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3187 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3188 vcol_off = 0; \ 3189 col -= boguscols; \ 3190 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3191 boguscols = 0; \ 3192 } 3193 #else 3194 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3195 #endif 3196 3197 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3198 return startrow; 3199 3200 row = startrow; 3201 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3202 3203 /* 3204 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3205 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3206 */ 3207 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3208 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3209 #else 3210 extra_check = 0; 3211 #endif 3212 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3213 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3214 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3215 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3216 # endif 3217 ) 3218 { 3219 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3220 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3221 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3222 did_emsg = FALSE; 3223 syntax_start(wp, lnum, syntax_tm); 3224 if (did_emsg) 3225 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3226 else 3227 { 3228 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3229 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3230 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3231 #endif 3232 { 3233 has_syntax = TRUE; 3234 extra_check = TRUE; 3235 } 3236 } 3237 } 3238 3239 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3240 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3241 if (color_cols != NULL) 3242 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3243 #endif 3244 3245 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3246 if (wp->w_p_spell 3247 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3248 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3249 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3250 { 3251 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3252 has_spell = TRUE; 3253 extra_check = TRUE; 3254 3255 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3256 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3257 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3258 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3259 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3260 { 3261 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3262 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3263 } 3264 3265 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3266 * line is valid. */ 3267 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3268 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3269 checked_lnum = 0; 3270 3271 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3272 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3273 * the first word. */ 3274 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3275 cap_col = -1; 3276 if (lnum == 1) 3277 cap_col = 0; 3278 capcol_lnum = 0; 3279 } 3280 #endif 3281 3282 /* 3283 * handle visual active in this window 3284 */ 3285 fromcol = -10; 3286 tocol = MAXCOL; 3287 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3288 { 3289 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3290 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3291 { 3292 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3293 bot = &VIsual; 3294 } 3295 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3296 { 3297 top = &VIsual; 3298 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3299 } 3300 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3301 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3302 { 3303 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3304 { 3305 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3306 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3307 } 3308 } 3309 else /* non-block mode */ 3310 { 3311 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3312 fromcol = 0; 3313 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3314 { 3315 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3316 fromcol = 0; 3317 else 3318 { 3319 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3320 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3321 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3322 } 3323 } 3324 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3325 { 3326 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3327 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3328 && bot->coladd == 0 3329 #endif 3330 ) 3331 { 3332 fromcol = -10; 3333 tocol = MAXCOL; 3334 } 3335 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3336 tocol = MAXCOL; 3337 else 3338 { 3339 pos = *bot; 3340 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3341 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3342 else 3343 { 3344 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3345 ++tocol; 3346 } 3347 } 3348 } 3349 } 3350 3351 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3352 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3353 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3354 && !gui.in_use 3355 #endif 3356 ) 3357 noinvcur = TRUE; 3358 3359 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3360 if (fromcol >= 0) 3361 { 3362 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3363 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3364 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3365 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3366 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3367 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3368 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3369 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3370 #endif 3371 } 3372 } 3373 3374 /* 3375 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3376 */ 3377 else if (highlight_match 3378 && wp == curwin 3379 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3380 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3381 { 3382 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3383 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3384 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3385 else 3386 fromcol = 0; 3387 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3388 { 3389 pos.lnum = lnum; 3390 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3391 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3392 } 3393 else 3394 tocol = MAXCOL; 3395 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3396 if (fromcol == tocol) 3397 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3398 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3399 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3400 } 3401 3402 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3403 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3404 if (filler_lines < 0) 3405 { 3406 if (filler_lines == -1) 3407 { 3408 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3409 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3410 else if (change_start == 0) 3411 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3412 else 3413 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3414 } 3415 else 3416 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3417 filler_lines = 0; 3418 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3419 } 3420 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3421 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3422 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3423 #endif 3424 3425 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3426 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3427 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3428 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3429 if (v != 0) 3430 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3431 # endif 3432 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3433 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3434 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3435 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3436 # endif 3437 if (line_attr != 0) 3438 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3439 #endif 3440 3441 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3442 ptr = line; 3443 3444 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3445 if (has_spell) 3446 { 3447 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3448 if (cap_col == 0) 3449 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3450 3451 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3452 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3453 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3454 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3455 { 3456 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3457 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3458 nextline_idx = 0; 3459 } 3460 else 3461 { 3462 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3463 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3464 { 3465 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3466 * next line. */ 3467 nextlinecol = 0; 3468 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3469 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3470 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3471 } 3472 else 3473 { 3474 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3475 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3476 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3477 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3478 } 3479 } 3480 } 3481 #endif 3482 3483 if (wp->w_p_list) 3484 { 3485 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3486 extra_check = TRUE; 3487 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3488 if (lcs_trail) 3489 { 3490 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3491 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3492 --trailcol; 3493 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3494 } 3495 } 3496 3497 /* 3498 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3499 * first character to be displayed. 3500 */ 3501 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3502 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3503 else 3504 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3505 if (v > 0) 3506 { 3507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3508 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3509 #endif 3510 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3511 { 3512 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3513 vcol += c; 3514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3515 prev_ptr = ptr; 3516 #endif 3517 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3518 } 3519 3520 /* When: 3521 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3522 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3523 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3524 * - the visual mode is active, 3525 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3526 */ 3527 if (vcol < v && ( 3528 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3529 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3530 #endif 3531 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3532 virtual_active() || 3533 #endif 3534 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3535 { 3536 vcol = v; 3537 } 3538 3539 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3540 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3541 if (vcol > v) 3542 { 3543 vcol -= c; 3544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3545 ptr = prev_ptr; 3546 #else 3547 --ptr; 3548 #endif 3549 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3550 * Except for a TAB. */ 3551 if (( 3552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3553 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3554 #endif 3555 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3556 n_skip = v - vcol; 3557 } 3558 3559 /* 3560 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3561 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3562 */ 3563 if (tocol <= vcol) 3564 fromcol = 0; 3565 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3566 fromcol = vcol; 3567 3568 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3569 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3570 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3571 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3572 #endif 3573 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3574 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3575 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3576 if (has_spell) 3577 { 3578 int len; 3579 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3580 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3581 3582 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3583 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3584 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3585 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3586 3587 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3588 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3589 ptr = line + linecol; 3590 3591 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3592 { 3593 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3594 * word */ 3595 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3596 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3597 } 3598 else 3599 { 3600 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3601 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3602 3603 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3604 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3605 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3606 } 3607 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3608 3609 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3610 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3611 if (has_syntax) 3612 syntax_start(wp, lnum, syntax_tm); 3613 # endif 3614 } 3615 #endif 3616 } 3617 3618 /* 3619 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3620 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3621 */ 3622 if (fromcol >= 0) 3623 { 3624 if (noinvcur) 3625 { 3626 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3627 { 3628 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3629 * cursor */ 3630 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3631 fromcol = -1; 3632 } 3633 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3634 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3635 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3636 } 3637 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3638 fromcol = -1; 3639 } 3640 3641 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3642 /* 3643 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3644 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3645 */ 3646 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3647 shl_flag = FALSE; 3648 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3649 { 3650 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3651 { 3652 shl = &search_hl; 3653 shl_flag = TRUE; 3654 } 3655 else 3656 shl = &cur->hl; 3657 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3658 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3659 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3660 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3661 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3662 if (cur != NULL) 3663 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3664 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3665 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3666 3667 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3668 * invalid. */ 3669 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3670 ptr = line + v; 3671 3672 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3673 { 3674 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3675 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3676 else 3677 shl->startcol = 0; 3678 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3679 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3680 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3681 else 3682 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3683 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3684 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3685 { 3686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3687 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3688 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3689 else 3690 #endif 3691 ++shl->endcol; 3692 } 3693 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3694 { 3695 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3696 search_attr = shl->attr; 3697 } 3698 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3699 } 3700 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3701 cur = cur->next; 3702 } 3703 #endif 3704 3705 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3706 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3707 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3708 * then. */ 3709 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3710 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3711 { 3712 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3713 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3714 } 3715 #endif 3716 3717 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3718 col = 0; 3719 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3720 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3721 { 3722 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3723 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3724 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3725 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3726 off += col; 3727 } 3728 #endif 3729 3730 /* 3731 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3732 */ 3733 for (;;) 3734 { 3735 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3736 has_match_conc = 0; 3737 #endif 3738 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3739 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3740 { 3741 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3742 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3743 { 3744 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3745 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3746 { 3747 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3748 n_extra = 1; 3749 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3750 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3751 } 3752 } 3753 #endif 3754 3755 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3756 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3757 { 3758 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3759 3760 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3761 if (fdc > 0) 3762 { 3763 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3764 * already be in use. */ 3765 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3766 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3767 3768 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3769 { 3770 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3771 n_extra = fdc; 3772 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3773 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3774 c_extra = NUL; 3775 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3776 } 3777 } 3778 } 3779 #endif 3780 3781 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3782 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3783 { 3784 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3785 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3786 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3787 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3788 { 3789 int text_sign; 3790 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3791 int icon_sign; 3792 # endif 3793 3794 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3795 c_extra = ' '; 3796 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3797 n_extra = 2; 3798 3799 if (row == startrow 3800 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3801 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3802 #endif 3803 ) 3804 { 3805 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3806 SIGN_TEXT); 3807 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3808 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3809 SIGN_ICON); 3810 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3811 { 3812 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3813 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3814 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3815 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3816 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3817 # endif 3818 char_attr = icon_sign; 3819 } 3820 else 3821 # endif 3822 if (text_sign != 0) 3823 { 3824 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3825 if (p_extra != NULL) 3826 { 3827 c_extra = NUL; 3828 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3829 } 3830 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3831 } 3832 } 3833 } 3834 } 3835 #endif 3836 3837 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3838 { 3839 draw_state = WL_NR; 3840 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3841 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3842 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3843 && (row == startrow 3844 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3845 + filler_lines 3846 #endif 3847 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3848 { 3849 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3850 if (row == startrow 3851 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3852 + filler_lines 3853 #endif 3854 ) 3855 { 3856 long num; 3857 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3858 3859 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3860 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3861 num = (long)lnum; 3862 else 3863 { 3864 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3865 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3866 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3867 { 3868 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3869 num = lnum; 3870 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3875 number_width(wp), num); 3876 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3877 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3878 *p_extra = '-'; 3879 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3880 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3881 rl_mirror(extra); 3882 #endif 3883 p_extra = extra; 3884 c_extra = NUL; 3885 } 3886 else 3887 c_extra = ' '; 3888 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3889 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3890 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3891 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3892 * the current line differently. 3893 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3894 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3895 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3896 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3897 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3898 #endif 3899 } 3900 } 3901 3902 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3903 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3904 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3905 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3906 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3907 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3908 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3909 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3910 3911 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3912 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3913 { 3914 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3915 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3916 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3917 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3918 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3919 && filler_lines == 0 3920 # endif 3921 ) 3922 { 3923 char_attr = 0; 3924 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3925 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3926 { 3927 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3928 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3929 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3930 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3931 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3932 # endif 3933 } 3934 # endif 3935 p_extra = NULL; 3936 c_extra = ' '; 3937 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3938 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3939 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3940 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3941 if (tocol == vcol) 3942 tocol += n_extra; 3943 } 3944 } 3945 #endif 3946 3947 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3948 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3949 { 3950 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3951 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3952 if (filler_todo > 0) 3953 { 3954 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3955 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3956 c_extra = '-'; 3957 else 3958 c_extra = fill_diff; 3959 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3960 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3961 n_extra = col + 1; 3962 else 3963 # endif 3964 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3965 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 3966 } 3967 # endif 3968 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3969 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3970 { 3971 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3972 p_extra = p_sbr; 3973 c_extra = NUL; 3974 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3975 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3976 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3977 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3978 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3979 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3980 if (tocol == vcol) 3981 tocol += n_extra; 3982 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3983 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3984 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3985 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3986 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3987 #endif 3988 } 3989 # endif 3990 } 3991 #endif 3992 3993 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3994 { 3995 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3996 if (saved_n_extra) 3997 { 3998 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3999 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4000 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4001 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4002 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4003 } 4004 else 4005 char_attr = 0; 4006 } 4007 } 4008 4009 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4010 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4011 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4012 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4013 && filler_todo <= 0 4014 #endif 4015 ) 4016 { 4017 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4018 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4019 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4020 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4021 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4022 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4023 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4024 else 4025 #endif 4026 row = wp->w_height; 4027 break; 4028 } 4029 4030 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4031 { 4032 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4033 if (vcol == fromcol 4034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4035 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4036 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4037 #endif 4038 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4039 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4040 && vcol < tocol)) 4041 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4042 else if (area_attr != 0 4043 && (vcol == tocol 4044 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4045 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4046 4047 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4048 if (!n_extra) 4049 { 4050 /* 4051 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4052 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4053 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4054 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4055 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4056 * priority). 4057 */ 4058 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4059 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4060 shl_flag = FALSE; 4061 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4062 { 4063 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4064 && ((cur != NULL 4065 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4066 || cur == NULL)) 4067 { 4068 shl = &search_hl; 4069 shl_flag = TRUE; 4070 } 4071 else 4072 shl = &cur->hl; 4073 if (cur != NULL) 4074 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4075 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4076 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4077 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4078 { 4079 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4080 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4081 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4082 { 4083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4084 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4085 4086 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4087 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4088 #endif 4089 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4090 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4091 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4092 == cur->hlg_id) 4093 { 4094 has_match_conc = 4095 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4096 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4097 } 4098 else 4099 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4100 #endif 4101 } 4102 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4103 { 4104 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4105 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4106 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4107 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4108 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4109 4110 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4111 * may have made it invalid. */ 4112 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4113 ptr = line + v; 4114 4115 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4116 { 4117 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4118 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4119 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4120 else 4121 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4122 4123 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4124 { 4125 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4126 * it */ 4127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4128 if (has_mbyte) 4129 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4130 + shl->endcol); 4131 else 4132 #endif 4133 ++shl->endcol; 4134 } 4135 4136 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4137 * current position */ 4138 continue; 4139 } 4140 } 4141 break; 4142 } 4143 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4144 cur = cur->next; 4145 } 4146 4147 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4148 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4149 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4150 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4151 shl_flag = FALSE; 4152 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4153 { 4154 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4155 && ((cur != NULL 4156 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4157 || cur == NULL)) 4158 { 4159 shl = &search_hl; 4160 shl_flag = TRUE; 4161 } 4162 else 4163 shl = &cur->hl; 4164 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4165 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4166 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4167 cur = cur->next; 4168 } 4169 } 4170 #endif 4171 4172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4173 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4174 { 4175 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4176 && n_extra == 0) 4177 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4178 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4179 && n_extra == 0) 4180 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4181 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4182 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4183 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4184 } 4185 #endif 4186 4187 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4188 attr_pri = TRUE; 4189 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4190 if (area_attr != 0) 4191 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4192 else if (search_attr != 0) 4193 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4194 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4195 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4196 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4197 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4198 || vcol >= tocol)) 4199 char_attr = line_attr; 4200 #else 4201 if (area_attr != 0) 4202 char_attr = area_attr; 4203 else if (search_attr != 0) 4204 char_attr = search_attr; 4205 #endif 4206 else 4207 { 4208 attr_pri = FALSE; 4209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4210 if (has_syntax) 4211 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4212 else 4213 #endif 4214 char_attr = 0; 4215 } 4216 } 4217 4218 /* 4219 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4220 */ 4221 /* 4222 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4223 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4224 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4225 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4226 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4227 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4228 */ 4229 if (n_extra > 0) 4230 { 4231 if (c_extra != NUL) 4232 { 4233 c = c_extra; 4234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4235 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4236 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4237 { 4238 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4239 u8cc[0] = 0; 4240 c = 0xc0; 4241 } 4242 else 4243 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4244 #endif 4245 } 4246 else 4247 { 4248 c = *p_extra; 4249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4250 if (has_mbyte) 4251 { 4252 mb_c = c; 4253 if (enc_utf8) 4254 { 4255 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4256 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4257 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4258 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4259 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4260 mb_l = 1; 4261 else if (mb_l > 1) 4262 { 4263 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4264 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4265 c = 0xc0; 4266 } 4267 } 4268 else 4269 { 4270 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4271 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4272 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4273 mb_l = 1; 4274 else if (mb_l > 1) 4275 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4276 } 4277 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4278 mb_l = 1; 4279 4280 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4281 * last column. */ 4282 if (( 4283 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4284 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4285 # endif 4286 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4287 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4288 { 4289 c = '>'; 4290 mb_c = c; 4291 mb_l = 1; 4292 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4293 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4294 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4295 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4296 ++n_extra; 4297 --p_extra; 4298 } 4299 else 4300 { 4301 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4302 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4303 } 4304 } 4305 #endif 4306 ++p_extra; 4307 } 4308 --n_extra; 4309 } 4310 else 4311 { 4312 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4313 int c0; 4314 #endif 4315 4316 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4317 { 4318 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4319 p_extra_free = NULL; 4320 } 4321 /* 4322 * Get a character from the line itself. 4323 */ 4324 c = *ptr; 4325 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4326 c0 = *ptr; 4327 #endif 4328 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4329 if (has_mbyte) 4330 { 4331 mb_c = c; 4332 if (enc_utf8) 4333 { 4334 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4335 * into "mb_c". */ 4336 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4337 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4338 if (mb_l > 1) 4339 { 4340 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4341 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4342 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4343 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4344 { 4345 c = mb_c; 4346 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4347 c0 = mb_c; 4348 # endif 4349 } 4350 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4351 4352 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4353 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4354 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4355 { 4356 int i; 4357 4358 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4359 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4360 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4361 mb_c = ' '; 4362 } 4363 } 4364 4365 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4366 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4367 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4368 # ifdef UNICODE16 4369 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4370 # endif 4371 ))) 4372 { 4373 /* 4374 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4375 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4376 */ 4377 # ifdef UNICODE16 4378 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4379 # endif 4380 { 4381 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4382 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4383 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4384 rl_mirror(extra); 4385 # endif 4386 } 4387 # ifdef UNICODE16 4388 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4389 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4390 else 4391 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4392 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4393 # endif 4394 4395 p_extra = extra; 4396 c = *p_extra; 4397 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4398 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4399 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4400 c_extra = NUL; 4401 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4402 { 4403 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4404 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4405 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4406 } 4407 } 4408 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4409 mb_l = 1; 4410 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4411 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4412 { 4413 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4414 int pc, pc1, nc; 4415 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4416 4417 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4418 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4419 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4420 { 4421 pc = prev_c; 4422 pc1 = prev_c1; 4423 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4424 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4425 } 4426 else 4427 { 4428 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4429 nc = prev_c; 4430 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4431 } 4432 prev_c = mb_c; 4433 4434 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4435 } 4436 else 4437 prev_c = mb_c; 4438 #endif 4439 } 4440 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4441 { 4442 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4443 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4444 mb_l = 1; 4445 else if (mb_l > 1) 4446 { 4447 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4448 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4449 */ 4450 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4451 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4452 else 4453 { 4454 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4455 { 4456 /* head byte at end of line */ 4457 mb_l = 1; 4458 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4459 } 4460 else 4461 { 4462 /* illegal tail byte */ 4463 mb_l = 2; 4464 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4465 } 4466 p_extra = extra; 4467 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4468 c_extra = NUL; 4469 c = *p_extra++; 4470 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4471 { 4472 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4473 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4474 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4475 } 4476 mb_c = c; 4477 } 4478 } 4479 } 4480 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4481 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4482 * next line. */ 4483 if (( 4484 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4485 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4486 # endif 4487 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4488 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4489 { 4490 c = '>'; 4491 mb_c = c; 4492 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4493 mb_l = 1; 4494 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4495 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4496 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4497 --ptr; 4498 } 4499 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4500 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4501 4502 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4503 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4504 * characters. */ 4505 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4506 { 4507 n_extra = 1; 4508 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4509 c = ' '; 4510 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4511 { 4512 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4513 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4514 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4515 } 4516 mb_c = c; 4517 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4518 mb_l = 1; 4519 } 4520 4521 } 4522 #endif 4523 ++ptr; 4524 4525 if (extra_check) 4526 { 4527 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4528 int can_spell = TRUE; 4529 #endif 4530 4531 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4532 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4533 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4534 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4535 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4536 { 4537 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4538 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4539 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4540 did_emsg = FALSE; 4541 4542 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4543 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4544 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4545 # endif 4546 NULL, FALSE); 4547 4548 if (did_emsg) 4549 { 4550 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4551 has_syntax = FALSE; 4552 } 4553 else 4554 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4555 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4556 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4557 has_syntax = FALSE; 4558 #endif 4559 4560 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4561 * have made it invalid. */ 4562 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4563 ptr = line + v; 4564 4565 if (!attr_pri) 4566 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4567 else 4568 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4569 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4570 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4571 * with line highlighting */ 4572 if (c == NUL) 4573 syntax_flags = 0; 4574 else 4575 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4576 # endif 4577 } 4578 #endif 4579 4580 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4581 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4582 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4583 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4584 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4585 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4586 { 4587 spell_attr = 0; 4588 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4589 if (!attr_pri) 4590 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4591 # endif 4592 if (c != 0 && ( 4593 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4594 !has_syntax || 4595 # endif 4596 can_spell)) 4597 { 4598 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4599 int len; 4600 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4601 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4602 if (has_mbyte) 4603 { 4604 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4605 v -= mb_l - 1; 4606 } 4607 else 4608 # endif 4609 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4610 4611 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4612 * next line concatenated. */ 4613 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4614 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4615 else 4616 p = prev_ptr; 4617 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4618 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4619 nochange); 4620 word_end = v + len; 4621 4622 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4623 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4624 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4625 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4626 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4627 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4628 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4629 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4630 { 4631 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4632 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4633 } 4634 4635 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4636 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4637 { 4638 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4639 * start of the next line. */ 4640 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4641 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4642 } 4643 4644 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4645 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4646 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4647 4648 if (cap_col > 0) 4649 { 4650 if (p != prev_ptr 4651 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4652 { 4653 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4654 * must start with a capital. */ 4655 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4656 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4657 - nextline_idx); 4658 } 4659 else 4660 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4661 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4662 } 4663 } 4664 } 4665 if (spell_attr != 0) 4666 { 4667 if (!attr_pri) 4668 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4669 else 4670 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4671 } 4672 #endif 4673 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4674 /* 4675 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4676 */ 4677 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4678 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4679 { 4680 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4681 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4682 # endif 4683 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4684 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4685 mb_off + 4686 # endif 4687 1); 4688 4689 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4690 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4691 NULL) - 1; 4692 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4693 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4694 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4695 4696 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4697 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4698 # else 4699 c_extra = ' '; 4700 # endif 4701 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4702 { 4703 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4704 if (c == TAB) 4705 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4706 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4707 #endif 4708 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4709 c = ' '; 4710 } 4711 } 4712 #endif 4713 4714 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4715 */ 4716 if (wp->w_p_list 4717 && (((c == 160 4718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4719 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4720 #endif 4721 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4722 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4723 { 4724 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4725 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4726 { 4727 n_attr = 1; 4728 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4729 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4730 } 4731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4732 mb_c = c; 4733 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4734 { 4735 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4736 u8cc[0] = 0; 4737 c = 0xc0; 4738 } 4739 else 4740 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4741 #endif 4742 } 4743 4744 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4745 { 4746 c = lcs_trail; 4747 if (!attr_pri) 4748 { 4749 n_attr = 1; 4750 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4751 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4752 } 4753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4754 mb_c = c; 4755 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4756 { 4757 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4758 u8cc[0] = 0; 4759 c = 0xc0; 4760 } 4761 else 4762 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4763 #endif 4764 } 4765 } 4766 4767 /* 4768 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4769 */ 4770 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4771 { 4772 /* 4773 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4774 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4775 * into "ScreenLines". 4776 */ 4777 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4778 { 4779 int tab_len = 0; 4780 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4781 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4782 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4783 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4784 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4785 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4786 #endif 4787 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4788 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4789 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4790 4791 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4792 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4793 #endif 4794 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4795 n_extra = tab_len; 4796 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4797 else 4798 { 4799 char_u *p; 4800 int len = n_extra; 4801 int i; 4802 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4803 4804 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4805 if (vcol_off > 0) 4806 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4807 tab_len += vcol_off; 4808 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4809 */ 4810 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4811 && n_extra > tab_len) 4812 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4813 #endif 4814 4815 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4816 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4817 * for a tab */ 4818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4819 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4820 if (n_extra > 0) 4821 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4822 #endif 4823 c = lcs_tab1; 4824 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4825 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4826 p[len] = NUL; 4827 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4828 p_extra_free = p; 4829 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4830 { 4831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4832 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4833 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4834 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4835 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4836 #else 4837 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4838 #endif 4839 } 4840 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4841 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4842 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4843 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4844 if (vcol_off > 0) 4845 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4846 #endif 4847 } 4848 #endif 4849 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4850 { 4851 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4852 4853 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4854 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4855 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4856 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4857 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4858 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4859 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4860 4861 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4862 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4863 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4864 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4865 && lcs_tab1) 4866 tab_len += vc_saved; 4867 } 4868 #endif 4869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4870 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4871 #endif 4872 if (wp->w_p_list) 4873 { 4874 c = lcs_tab1; 4875 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4876 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4877 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4878 else 4879 #endif 4880 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4881 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4882 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4883 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4885 mb_c = c; 4886 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4887 { 4888 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4889 u8cc[0] = 0; 4890 c = 0xc0; 4891 } 4892 #endif 4893 } 4894 else 4895 { 4896 c_extra = ' '; 4897 c = ' '; 4898 } 4899 } 4900 else if (c == NUL 4901 && (wp->w_p_list 4902 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4903 && tocol > vcol 4904 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4905 && ( 4906 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4907 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4908 # endif 4909 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4910 && !(noinvcur 4911 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4912 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4913 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4914 { 4915 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4916 * character if the line break is included. */ 4917 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4918 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4919 * "$". */ 4920 if ( 4921 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4922 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4923 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4924 && 4925 # endif 4926 # endif 4927 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4928 line_attr == 0 4929 # endif 4930 ) 4931 #endif 4932 { 4933 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4934 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4935 * beyond end of line. */ 4936 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4937 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4938 n_extra = 0; 4939 else 4940 #endif 4941 { 4942 p_extra = at_end_str; 4943 n_extra = 1; 4944 c_extra = NUL; 4945 } 4946 } 4947 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4948 c = lcs_eol; 4949 else 4950 c = ' '; 4951 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4952 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4953 if (!attr_pri) 4954 { 4955 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4956 n_attr = 1; 4957 } 4958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4959 mb_c = c; 4960 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4961 { 4962 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4963 u8cc[0] = 0; 4964 c = 0xc0; 4965 } 4966 else 4967 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4968 #endif 4969 } 4970 else if (c != NUL) 4971 { 4972 p_extra = transchar(c); 4973 if (n_extra == 0) 4974 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4976 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4977 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4978 #endif 4979 c_extra = NUL; 4980 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4981 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4982 { 4983 char_u *p; 4984 4985 c = *p_extra; 4986 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 4987 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 4988 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 4989 p[n_extra] = NUL; 4990 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4991 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 4992 } 4993 else 4994 #endif 4995 { 4996 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4997 c = *p_extra++; 4998 } 4999 if (!attr_pri) 5000 { 5001 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5002 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5003 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5004 } 5005 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5006 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5007 #endif 5008 } 5009 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5010 else if (VIsual_active 5011 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5012 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5013 && virtual_active() 5014 && tocol != MAXCOL 5015 && vcol < tocol 5016 && ( 5017 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5018 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5019 # endif 5020 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 5021 { 5022 c = ' '; 5023 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5024 } 5025 #endif 5026 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5027 else if (( 5028 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5029 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5030 # endif 5031 line_attr != 0 5032 ) && ( 5033 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5034 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5035 # endif 5036 (col 5037 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5038 - boguscols 5039 # endif 5040 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 5041 { 5042 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5043 c = ' '; 5044 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5045 5046 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5047 ++did_line_attr; 5048 5049 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5050 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 5051 char_attr = line_attr; 5052 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5053 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5054 { 5055 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5056 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5057 { 5058 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5059 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5060 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5061 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5062 } 5063 } 5064 # endif 5065 } 5066 #endif 5067 } 5068 5069 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5070 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5071 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5072 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5073 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5074 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5075 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5076 { 5077 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5078 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5079 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5080 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5081 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5082 { 5083 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5084 * character. */ 5085 if (match_conc) 5086 c = match_conc; 5087 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5088 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5089 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5090 c = lcs_conceal; 5091 else 5092 c = ' '; 5093 5094 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5095 5096 if (n_extra > 0) 5097 vcol_off += n_extra; 5098 vcol += n_extra; 5099 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5100 { 5101 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5102 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5103 { 5104 col -= n_extra; 5105 boguscols -= n_extra; 5106 } 5107 else 5108 # endif 5109 { 5110 boguscols += n_extra; 5111 col += n_extra; 5112 } 5113 } 5114 n_extra = 0; 5115 n_attr = 0; 5116 } 5117 else if (n_skip == 0) 5118 { 5119 is_concealing = TRUE; 5120 n_skip = 1; 5121 } 5122 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5123 mb_c = c; 5124 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5125 { 5126 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5127 u8cc[0] = 0; 5128 c = 0xc0; 5129 } 5130 else 5131 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5132 # endif 5133 } 5134 else 5135 { 5136 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5137 is_concealing = FALSE; 5138 } 5139 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5140 } 5141 5142 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5143 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5144 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5145 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5146 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5147 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5148 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5149 { 5150 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5151 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5152 wp->w_wcol = W_WIDTH(wp) - col + boguscols - 1; 5153 else 5154 # endif 5155 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5156 wp->w_wrow = row; 5157 did_wcol = TRUE; 5158 } 5159 #endif 5160 5161 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5162 if (n_attr > 0 5163 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5164 && !attr_pri) 5165 char_attr = extra_attr; 5166 5167 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5168 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5169 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5170 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5171 if (xic != NULL 5172 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5173 && (State & INSERT) 5174 && !p_imdisable 5175 && im_is_preediting() 5176 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5177 { 5178 colnr_T tcol; 5179 5180 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5181 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5182 else 5183 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5184 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5185 { 5186 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5187 { 5188 feedback_col = 0; 5189 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5190 } 5191 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5192 if (char_attr < 0) 5193 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5194 feedback_col++; 5195 } 5196 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5197 { 5198 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5199 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5200 feedback_col = 0; 5201 } 5202 } 5203 #endif 5204 /* 5205 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5206 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5207 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5208 */ 5209 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5210 && wp->w_p_list 5211 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5212 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5213 && filler_todo <= 0 5214 #endif 5215 && draw_state > WL_NR 5216 && c != NUL) 5217 { 5218 c = lcs_prec; 5219 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5221 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5222 { 5223 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5224 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5225 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5226 n_extra = 1; 5227 n_attr = 2; 5228 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5229 } 5230 mb_c = c; 5231 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5232 { 5233 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5234 u8cc[0] = 0; 5235 c = 0xc0; 5236 } 5237 else 5238 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5239 #endif 5240 if (!attr_pri) 5241 { 5242 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5243 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5244 n_attr3 = 1; 5245 } 5246 } 5247 5248 /* 5249 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5250 */ 5251 if (c == NUL 5252 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5253 || did_line_attr == 1 5254 #endif 5255 ) 5256 { 5257 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5258 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5259 5260 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5261 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5262 ++prevcol; 5263 #endif 5264 5265 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5266 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5267 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5268 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5269 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5270 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5271 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5272 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5273 else 5274 { 5275 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5276 while (cur != NULL) 5277 { 5278 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5279 { 5280 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5281 break; 5282 } 5283 cur = cur->next; 5284 } 5285 } 5286 #endif 5287 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5288 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5289 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5290 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5291 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5292 && c == NUL) 5293 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5294 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5295 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5296 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5297 && did_line_attr <= 1 5298 # endif 5299 ) 5300 #endif 5301 )) 5302 { 5303 int n = 0; 5304 5305 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5306 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5307 { 5308 if (col < 0) 5309 n = 1; 5310 } 5311 else 5312 #endif 5313 { 5314 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5315 n = -1; 5316 } 5317 if (n != 0) 5318 { 5319 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5320 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5321 off += n; 5322 col += n; 5323 } 5324 else 5325 { 5326 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5327 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5328 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5329 if (enc_utf8) 5330 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5331 #endif 5332 } 5333 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5334 if (area_attr == 0) 5335 { 5336 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5337 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5338 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5339 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5340 shl_flag = FALSE; 5341 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5342 { 5343 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5344 && ((cur != NULL 5345 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5346 || cur == NULL)) 5347 { 5348 shl = &search_hl; 5349 shl_flag = TRUE; 5350 } 5351 else 5352 shl = &cur->hl; 5353 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5354 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5355 char_attr = shl->attr; 5356 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5357 cur = cur->next; 5358 } 5359 } 5360 #endif 5361 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5362 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5363 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5364 { 5365 --col; 5366 --off; 5367 } 5368 else 5369 #endif 5370 { 5371 ++col; 5372 ++off; 5373 } 5374 ++vcol; 5375 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5376 eol_hl_off = 1; 5377 #endif 5378 } 5379 } 5380 5381 /* 5382 * At end of the text line. 5383 */ 5384 if (c == NUL) 5385 { 5386 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5387 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5388 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5389 { 5390 /* highlight last char after line */ 5391 --col; 5392 --off; 5393 --vcol; 5394 } 5395 5396 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5397 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5398 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5399 else 5400 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5401 5402 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5403 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5404 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5405 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5406 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5407 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5408 col -= boguscols; 5409 boguscols = 0; 5410 #endif 5411 5412 if (draw_color_col) 5413 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5414 5415 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5416 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5417 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5418 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5419 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5420 || draw_color_col) 5421 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5422 && !wp->w_p_rl 5423 # endif 5424 ) 5425 { 5426 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5427 int i; 5428 5429 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5430 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5431 if (draw_color_col) 5432 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5433 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5434 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5435 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5436 5437 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5438 { 5439 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5441 if (enc_utf8) 5442 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5443 #endif 5444 ++col; 5445 if (draw_color_col) 5446 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5447 &color_cols); 5448 5449 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5450 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5451 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5452 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5453 else 5454 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5455 5456 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5457 break; 5458 5459 ++vcol; 5460 } 5461 } 5462 #endif 5463 5464 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5465 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5466 row++; 5467 5468 /* 5469 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5470 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5471 */ 5472 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5473 { 5474 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5475 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5477 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5478 #endif 5479 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5480 } 5481 5482 break; 5483 } 5484 5485 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5486 if (lcs_ext 5487 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5488 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5489 && filler_todo <= 0 5490 #endif 5491 && ( 5492 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5493 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5494 #endif 5495 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5496 && (*ptr != NUL 5497 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5498 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5499 { 5500 c = lcs_ext; 5501 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5502 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5503 mb_c = c; 5504 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5505 { 5506 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5507 u8cc[0] = 0; 5508 c = 0xc0; 5509 } 5510 else 5511 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5512 #endif 5513 } 5514 5515 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5516 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5517 if (draw_color_col) 5518 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5519 5520 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5521 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5522 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5523 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5524 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5525 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5526 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5527 { 5528 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5529 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5530 { 5531 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5532 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5533 } 5534 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5535 { 5536 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5537 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5538 } 5539 } 5540 #endif 5541 5542 /* 5543 * Store character to be displayed. 5544 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5545 */ 5546 vcol_prev = vcol; 5547 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5548 { 5549 /* 5550 * Store the character. 5551 */ 5552 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5553 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5554 { 5555 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5556 --off; 5557 --col; 5558 } 5559 #endif 5560 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5562 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5563 { 5564 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5565 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5566 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5567 } 5568 else if (enc_utf8) 5569 { 5570 if (mb_utf8) 5571 { 5572 int i; 5573 5574 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5575 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5576 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5577 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5578 { 5579 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5580 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5581 break; 5582 } 5583 } 5584 else 5585 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5586 } 5587 if (multi_attr) 5588 { 5589 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5590 multi_attr = 0; 5591 } 5592 else 5593 #endif 5594 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5595 5596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5597 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5598 { 5599 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5600 ++off; 5601 ++col; 5602 if (enc_utf8) 5603 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5604 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5605 else 5606 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5607 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5608 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5609 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5610 && filler_todo <= 0 5611 #endif 5612 ) 5613 ++vcol; 5614 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5615 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5616 if (tocol == vcol) 5617 ++tocol; 5618 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5619 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5620 { 5621 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5622 --off; 5623 --col; 5624 } 5625 #endif 5626 } 5627 #endif 5628 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5629 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5630 { 5631 --off; 5632 --col; 5633 } 5634 else 5635 #endif 5636 { 5637 ++off; 5638 ++col; 5639 } 5640 } 5641 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5642 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5643 { 5644 --n_skip; 5645 ++vcol_off; 5646 if (n_extra > 0) 5647 vcol_off += n_extra; 5648 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5649 { 5650 /* 5651 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5652 * 5653 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5654 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5655 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5656 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5657 * 5658 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5659 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5660 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5661 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5662 */ 5663 if (n_extra > 0) 5664 { 5665 vcol += n_extra; 5666 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5667 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5668 { 5669 col -= n_extra; 5670 boguscols -= n_extra; 5671 } 5672 else 5673 # endif 5674 { 5675 col += n_extra; 5676 boguscols += n_extra; 5677 } 5678 n_extra = 0; 5679 n_attr = 0; 5680 } 5681 5682 5683 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5684 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5685 { 5686 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5687 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5688 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5689 { 5690 --boguscols; 5691 --col; 5692 } 5693 else 5694 # endif 5695 { 5696 ++boguscols; 5697 ++col; 5698 } 5699 } 5700 # endif 5701 5702 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5703 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5704 { 5705 --boguscols; 5706 --col; 5707 } 5708 else 5709 # endif 5710 { 5711 ++boguscols; 5712 ++col; 5713 } 5714 } 5715 else 5716 { 5717 if (n_extra > 0) 5718 { 5719 vcol += n_extra; 5720 n_extra = 0; 5721 n_attr = 0; 5722 } 5723 } 5724 5725 } 5726 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5727 else 5728 --n_skip; 5729 5730 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5731 * column. */ 5732 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5733 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5734 && filler_todo <= 0 5735 #endif 5736 ) 5737 ++vcol; 5738 5739 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5740 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5741 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5742 #endif 5743 5744 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5745 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5746 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5747 5748 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5749 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5750 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5751 5752 /* 5753 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5754 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5755 */ 5756 if (( 5757 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5758 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5759 #endif 5760 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5761 && (*ptr != NUL 5762 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5763 || filler_todo > 0 5764 #endif 5765 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5766 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5767 ) 5768 { 5769 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5770 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5771 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5772 boguscols = 0; 5773 #else 5774 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5775 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5776 #endif 5777 ++row; 5778 ++screen_row; 5779 5780 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5781 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5782 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5783 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5784 && filler_todo <= 0 5785 #endif 5786 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5787 break; 5788 5789 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5790 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5791 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5792 && filler_todo <= 0 5793 #endif 5794 ) 5795 { 5796 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5797 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5798 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5799 #endif 5800 row = endrow; 5801 } 5802 5803 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5804 if (row == endrow) 5805 { 5806 ++row; 5807 break; 5808 } 5809 5810 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5811 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5812 && filler_todo <= 0 5813 #endif 5814 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5815 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns 5816 #endif 5817 ) 5818 { 5819 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5820 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5821 5822 /* 5823 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5824 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5825 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5826 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5827 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5828 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5829 * (something has been written in it). 5830 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5831 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5832 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5833 */ 5834 if (p_tf 5835 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5836 && !gui.in_use 5837 #endif 5838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5839 && !(has_mbyte 5840 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5841 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5842 == 2 5843 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5844 + (int)Columns - 2, 5845 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5846 == 2)) 5847 #endif 5848 ) 5849 { 5850 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5851 * then output the same character again to let the 5852 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5853 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5854 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5855 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5856 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5857 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5858 5859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5860 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5861 * space to keep it simple. */ 5862 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5863 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5864 out_char(' '); 5865 else 5866 #endif 5867 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5868 + (Columns - 1)]); 5869 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5870 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5871 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5872 } 5873 } 5874 5875 col = 0; 5876 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5877 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5878 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5879 { 5880 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5881 off += col; 5882 } 5883 #endif 5884 5885 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5886 draw_state = WL_START; 5887 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5888 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5889 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5890 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5891 n_extra = 0; 5892 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5893 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5894 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5895 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5896 # endif 5897 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5898 #endif 5899 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5900 --filler_todo; 5901 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5902 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5903 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5904 break; 5905 #endif 5906 } 5907 5908 } /* for every character in the line */ 5909 5910 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5911 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5912 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5913 { 5914 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5915 cap_col = 0; 5916 } 5917 #endif 5918 5919 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5920 return row; 5921 } 5922 5923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5924 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5925 5926 /* 5927 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5928 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5929 */ 5930 static int 5931 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5932 { 5933 int i; 5934 5935 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5936 { 5937 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5938 return TRUE; 5939 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5940 break; 5941 } 5942 return FALSE; 5943 } 5944 #endif 5945 5946 /* 5947 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5948 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5949 * - the attributes are different 5950 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5951 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5952 */ 5953 static int 5954 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5955 { 5956 if (cols > 0 5957 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5958 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5959 5960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5961 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5962 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5963 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5964 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5965 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5966 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5967 || (enc_utf8 5968 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5969 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5970 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5971 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5972 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5973 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5974 #endif 5975 )) 5976 return TRUE; 5977 return FALSE; 5978 } 5979 5980 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 5981 /* 5982 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 5983 */ 5984 int 5985 screen_get_current_line_off() 5986 { 5987 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5988 } 5989 #endif 5990 5991 /* 5992 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 5993 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 5994 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 5995 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 5996 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 5997 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 5998 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 5999 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6000 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6001 */ 6002 void 6003 screen_line( 6004 int row, 6005 int coloff, 6006 int endcol, 6007 int clear_width, 6008 int rlflag UNUSED) 6009 { 6010 unsigned off_from; 6011 unsigned off_to; 6012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6013 unsigned max_off_from; 6014 unsigned max_off_to; 6015 #endif 6016 int col = 0; 6017 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 6018 int hl; 6019 #endif 6020 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6021 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6022 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6023 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6024 #endif 6025 ; 6026 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6028 int clear_next = FALSE; 6029 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6030 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6031 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6032 #else 6033 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6034 #endif 6035 6036 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6037 if (row >= Rows) 6038 row = Rows - 1; 6039 if (endcol > Columns) 6040 endcol = Columns; 6041 6042 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6043 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6044 # endif 6045 6046 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6047 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6049 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6050 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6051 #endif 6052 6053 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6054 if (rlflag) 6055 { 6056 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6057 if (clear_width > 0) 6058 { 6059 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6060 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6061 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6062 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6063 # endif 6064 ) 6065 { 6066 ++off_to; 6067 ++col; 6068 } 6069 if (col <= endcol) 6070 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6071 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6072 } 6073 col = endcol + 1; 6074 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6075 off_from += col; 6076 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6077 } 6078 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6079 6080 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6081 6082 while (col < endcol) 6083 { 6084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6085 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6086 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6087 else 6088 char_cells = 1; 6089 #endif 6090 6091 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6092 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6093 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6094 6095 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6096 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6097 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6098 * happens in the GUI. 6099 */ 6100 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6101 { 6102 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6103 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6104 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6105 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6106 redraw_this = TRUE; 6107 } 6108 #endif 6109 6110 if (redraw_this) 6111 { 6112 /* 6113 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6114 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6115 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6116 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6117 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6118 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6119 * character. 6120 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6121 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6122 * completely. 6123 */ 6124 if ( p_wiv 6125 && !force 6126 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6127 && !gui.in_use 6128 #endif 6129 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6130 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6131 { 6132 /* 6133 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6134 */ 6135 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6136 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6137 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6138 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6139 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6140 6141 /* 6142 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6143 * highlighting at this character. 6144 */ 6145 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6146 { 6147 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6148 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6149 screen_stop_highlight(); 6150 } 6151 else 6152 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6153 } 6154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6155 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6156 { 6157 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6158 * the other way around requires another character to be 6159 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6160 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6161 if (char_cells == 1 6162 && col + 1 < endcol 6163 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6164 { 6165 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6166 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6167 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6168 redraw_next = TRUE; 6169 } 6170 else if (char_cells == 2 6171 && col + 2 < endcol 6172 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6173 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6174 { 6175 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6176 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6177 * cell. */ 6178 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6179 redraw_next = TRUE; 6180 } 6181 6182 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6183 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6184 } 6185 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6186 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6187 * the right halve of the old character. 6188 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6189 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6190 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6191 && ((char_cells == 1 6192 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6193 || (char_cells == 2 6194 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6195 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6196 clear_next = TRUE; 6197 #endif 6198 6199 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6201 if (enc_utf8) 6202 { 6203 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6204 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6205 { 6206 int i; 6207 6208 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6209 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6210 } 6211 } 6212 if (char_cells == 2) 6213 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6214 #endif 6215 6216 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6217 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6218 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6219 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6220 * and for some xterms. */ 6221 if ( 6222 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6223 gui.in_use 6224 # endif 6225 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6226 || 6227 # endif 6228 # ifdef UNIX 6229 term_is_xterm 6230 # endif 6231 ) 6232 { 6233 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6234 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6235 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6236 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6237 redraw_next = TRUE; 6238 } 6239 #endif 6240 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6242 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6243 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6244 if (char_cells == 2) 6245 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6246 6247 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6248 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6249 else 6250 #endif 6251 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6252 } 6253 else if ( p_wiv 6254 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6255 && !gui.in_use 6256 #endif 6257 && col + coloff > 0) 6258 { 6259 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6260 { 6261 /* 6262 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6263 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6264 */ 6265 screen_attr = 0; 6266 } 6267 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6268 screen_stop_highlight(); 6269 } 6270 6271 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6272 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6273 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6274 } 6275 6276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6277 if (clear_next) 6278 { 6279 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6280 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6281 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6282 if (enc_utf8) 6283 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6284 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6285 } 6286 #endif 6287 6288 if (clear_width > 0 6289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6290 && !rlflag 6291 #endif 6292 ) 6293 { 6294 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6295 int startCol = col; 6296 #endif 6297 6298 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6299 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6300 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6302 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6303 #endif 6304 ) 6305 { 6306 ++off_to; 6307 ++col; 6308 } 6309 if (col < clear_width) 6310 { 6311 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6312 /* 6313 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6314 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6315 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6316 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6317 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6318 */ 6319 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6320 { 6321 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6322 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6323 { 6324 int prev_cells = 1; 6325 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6326 if (enc_utf8) 6327 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6328 * that its width is 2. */ 6329 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6330 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6331 { 6332 /* find previous character by counting from first 6333 * column and get its width. */ 6334 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6335 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6336 6337 while (off < off_to) 6338 { 6339 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6340 off += prev_cells; 6341 } 6342 } 6343 6344 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6345 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6346 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6347 else 6348 # endif 6349 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6350 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6351 } 6352 } 6353 #endif 6354 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6355 ' ', ' ', 0); 6356 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6357 off_to += clear_width - col; 6358 col = clear_width; 6359 #endif 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 if (clear_width > 0) 6364 { 6365 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6366 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6367 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6368 { 6369 int c; 6370 6371 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6372 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6373 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6374 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6375 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6376 # endif 6377 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6378 { 6379 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6380 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6381 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6382 if (enc_utf8) 6383 { 6384 if (c >= 0x80) 6385 { 6386 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6387 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6388 } 6389 else 6390 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6391 } 6392 # endif 6393 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6394 } 6395 } 6396 else 6397 #endif 6398 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6399 } 6400 } 6401 6402 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6403 /* 6404 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6405 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6406 */ 6407 void 6408 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6409 { 6410 char_u *p1, *p2; 6411 int t; 6412 6413 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6414 { 6415 t = *p1; 6416 *p1 = *p2; 6417 *p2 = t; 6418 } 6419 } 6420 #endif 6421 6422 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6423 /* 6424 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6425 */ 6426 void 6427 status_redraw_all(void) 6428 { 6429 win_T *wp; 6430 6431 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6432 if (wp->w_status_height) 6433 { 6434 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6435 redraw_later(VALID); 6436 } 6437 } 6438 6439 /* 6440 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6441 */ 6442 void 6443 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6444 { 6445 win_T *wp; 6446 6447 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6448 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6449 { 6450 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6451 redraw_later(VALID); 6452 } 6453 } 6454 6455 /* 6456 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6457 */ 6458 void 6459 redraw_statuslines(void) 6460 { 6461 win_T *wp; 6462 6463 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6464 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6465 win_redr_status(wp); 6466 if (redraw_tabline) 6467 draw_tabline(); 6468 } 6469 #endif 6470 6471 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) || defined(PROTO) 6472 /* 6473 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6474 */ 6475 void 6476 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6477 { 6478 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6479 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6480 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6481 { 6482 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6483 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6484 } 6485 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6486 { 6487 frp = frp->fr_child; 6488 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6489 frp = frp->fr_next; 6490 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 #endif 6494 6495 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6496 /* 6497 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6498 */ 6499 static void 6500 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6501 { 6502 int hl; 6503 int c; 6504 6505 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6506 { 6507 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6508 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6509 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6510 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6511 c, ' ', hl); 6512 } 6513 } 6514 #endif 6515 6516 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6517 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6518 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6519 6520 /* 6521 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6522 */ 6523 static int 6524 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6525 { 6526 int len = 0; 6527 6528 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6529 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6530 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6531 6532 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6533 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6534 return 1; 6535 #endif 6536 6537 while (*s != NUL) 6538 { 6539 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6540 len += ptr2cells(s); 6541 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6542 } 6543 6544 return len; 6545 } 6546 6547 /* 6548 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6549 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6550 */ 6551 static int 6552 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6553 { 6554 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6555 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6556 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6557 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6558 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6559 #endif 6560 ) 6561 { 6562 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6563 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6564 return 2; 6565 #endif 6566 return 1; 6567 } 6568 return 0; 6569 } 6570 6571 /* 6572 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6573 * Show at least the "match" item. 6574 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6575 * 6576 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6577 */ 6578 void 6579 win_redr_status_matches( 6580 expand_T *xp, 6581 int num_matches, 6582 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6583 int match, 6584 int showtail) 6585 { 6586 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6587 int row; 6588 char_u *buf; 6589 int len; 6590 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6591 int fillchar; 6592 int attr; 6593 int i; 6594 int highlight = TRUE; 6595 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6596 int selstart_col = 0; 6597 char_u *selend = NULL; 6598 static int first_match = 0; 6599 int add_left = FALSE; 6600 char_u *s; 6601 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6602 int emenu; 6603 #endif 6604 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6605 int l; 6606 #endif 6607 6608 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6609 return; 6610 6611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6612 if (has_mbyte) 6613 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6614 else 6615 #endif 6616 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6617 if (buf == NULL) 6618 return; 6619 6620 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6621 { 6622 match = 0; 6623 highlight = FALSE; 6624 } 6625 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6626 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6627 if (match == 0) 6628 first_match = 0; 6629 else if (match < first_match) 6630 { 6631 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6632 first_match = match; 6633 add_left = TRUE; 6634 } 6635 else 6636 { 6637 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6638 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6639 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6640 if (first_match > 0) 6641 clen += 2; 6642 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6643 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6644 { 6645 first_match = match; 6646 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6647 clen = 2; 6648 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6649 { 6650 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6651 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6652 break; 6653 } 6654 if (i == num_matches) 6655 add_left = TRUE; 6656 } 6657 } 6658 if (add_left) 6659 while (first_match > 0) 6660 { 6661 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6662 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6663 break; 6664 --first_match; 6665 } 6666 6667 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 6668 6669 if (first_match == 0) 6670 { 6671 *buf = NUL; 6672 len = 0; 6673 } 6674 else 6675 { 6676 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6677 len = 2; 6678 } 6679 clen = len; 6680 6681 i = first_match; 6682 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6683 { 6684 if (i == match) 6685 { 6686 selstart = buf + len; 6687 selstart_col = clen; 6688 } 6689 6690 s = L_MATCH(i); 6691 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6692 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6693 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6694 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6695 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6696 { 6697 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6698 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6699 len += l; 6700 clen += l; 6701 } 6702 else 6703 #endif 6704 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6705 { 6706 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6707 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6709 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6710 { 6711 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6712 s += l - 1; 6713 len += l; 6714 } 6715 else 6716 #endif 6717 { 6718 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6719 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6720 } 6721 } 6722 if (i == match) 6723 selend = buf + len; 6724 6725 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6726 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6727 clen += 2; 6728 if (++i == num_matches) 6729 break; 6730 } 6731 6732 if (i != num_matches) 6733 { 6734 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6735 ++clen; 6736 } 6737 6738 buf[len] = NUL; 6739 6740 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6741 if (row >= 0) 6742 { 6743 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6744 { 6745 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6746 { 6747 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6748 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6749 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6750 { 6751 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6752 ++msg_scrolled; 6753 } 6754 else 6755 { 6756 ++cmdline_row; 6757 ++row; 6758 } 6759 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6760 } 6761 else 6762 { 6763 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6764 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6765 * resized. */ 6766 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6767 { 6768 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6769 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6770 p_ls = 2; 6771 p_wmh = 0; 6772 last_status(FALSE); 6773 } 6774 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6775 } 6776 } 6777 6778 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6779 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6780 { 6781 *selend = NUL; 6782 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6783 } 6784 6785 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6786 } 6787 6788 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6789 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6790 #else 6791 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6792 #endif 6793 vim_free(buf); 6794 } 6795 #endif 6796 6797 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6798 /* 6799 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6800 * 6801 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6802 */ 6803 void 6804 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6805 { 6806 int row; 6807 char_u *p; 6808 int len; 6809 int fillchar; 6810 int attr; 6811 int this_ru_col; 6812 static int busy = FALSE; 6813 6814 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6815 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6816 if (busy) 6817 return; 6818 busy = TRUE; 6819 6820 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6821 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6822 { 6823 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6824 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6825 } 6826 else if (!redrawing() 6827 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6828 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6829 * drawn over it */ 6830 || pum_visible() 6831 #endif 6832 ) 6833 { 6834 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6835 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6836 } 6837 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6838 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6839 { 6840 /* redraw custom status line */ 6841 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6842 } 6843 #endif 6844 else 6845 { 6846 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6847 6848 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6849 p = NameBuff; 6850 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6851 6852 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 6853 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6854 || wp->w_p_pvw 6855 #endif 6856 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6857 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6858 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6859 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 6860 { 6861 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6862 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6863 } 6864 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6865 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6866 { 6867 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6868 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6869 } 6870 #endif 6871 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 6872 { 6873 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6874 len += 3; 6875 } 6876 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6877 { 6878 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6879 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6880 } 6881 6882 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6883 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6884 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6885 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6886 { 6887 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6888 len = 1; 6889 } 6890 else 6891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6892 if (has_mbyte) 6893 { 6894 int clen = 0, i; 6895 6896 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6897 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6898 6899 /* Find first character that will fit. 6900 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6901 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6902 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6903 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6904 len = clen; 6905 if (i > 0) 6906 { 6907 p = p + i - 1; 6908 *p = '<'; 6909 ++len; 6910 } 6911 6912 } 6913 else 6914 #endif 6915 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6916 { 6917 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6918 *p = '<'; 6919 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6920 } 6921 6922 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6923 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6924 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6925 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6926 6927 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6928 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6929 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6930 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6931 6932 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6933 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6934 #endif 6935 } 6936 6937 /* 6938 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6939 */ 6940 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6941 { 6942 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6943 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6944 else 6945 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6946 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6947 attr); 6948 } 6949 busy = FALSE; 6950 } 6951 6952 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6953 /* 6954 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6955 * errors encountered. 6956 */ 6957 static void 6958 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6959 { 6960 static int entered = FALSE; 6961 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 6962 6963 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6964 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6965 if (entered) 6966 return; 6967 entered = TRUE; 6968 6969 did_emsg = FALSE; 6970 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6971 if (did_emsg) 6972 { 6973 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 6974 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 6975 * again and again. */ 6976 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 6977 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 6978 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 6979 } 6980 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 6981 entered = FALSE; 6982 } 6983 #endif 6984 6985 /* 6986 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 6987 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 6988 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 6989 */ 6990 int 6991 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 6992 { 6993 frame_T *fr; 6994 6995 fr = wp->w_frame; 6996 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 6997 { 6998 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 6999 { 7000 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7001 break; 7002 } 7003 else 7004 { 7005 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7006 return TRUE; 7007 } 7008 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7009 } 7010 return FALSE; 7011 } 7012 7013 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 7014 7015 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7016 /* 7017 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7018 */ 7019 int 7020 get_keymap_str( 7021 win_T *wp, 7022 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7023 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7024 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7025 { 7026 char_u *p; 7027 7028 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7029 return FALSE; 7030 7031 { 7032 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7033 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7034 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7035 char_u *s; 7036 7037 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7038 curwin = wp; 7039 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7040 ++emsg_skip; 7041 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7042 --emsg_skip; 7043 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7044 curwin = old_curwin; 7045 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7046 #endif 7047 { 7048 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7049 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7050 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7051 else 7052 #endif 7053 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7054 } 7055 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7056 buf[0] = NUL; 7057 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7058 vim_free(s); 7059 #endif 7060 } 7061 return buf[0] != NUL; 7062 } 7063 #endif 7064 7065 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7066 /* 7067 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7068 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7069 */ 7070 static void 7071 win_redr_custom( 7072 win_T *wp, 7073 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7074 { 7075 static int entered = FALSE; 7076 int attr; 7077 int curattr; 7078 int row; 7079 int col = 0; 7080 int maxwidth; 7081 int width; 7082 int n; 7083 int len; 7084 int fillchar; 7085 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7086 char_u *stl; 7087 char_u *p; 7088 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7089 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7090 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7091 win_T *ewp; 7092 int p_crb_save; 7093 7094 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7095 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7096 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7097 if (entered) 7098 return; 7099 entered = TRUE; 7100 7101 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7102 if (wp == NULL) 7103 { 7104 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7105 stl = p_tal; 7106 row = 0; 7107 fillchar = ' '; 7108 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7109 maxwidth = Columns; 7110 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7111 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7112 # endif 7113 } 7114 else 7115 { 7116 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7117 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 7118 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 7119 7120 if (draw_ruler) 7121 { 7122 stl = p_ruf; 7123 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7124 if (*stl == '%') 7125 { 7126 if (*++stl == '-') 7127 stl++; 7128 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7129 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7130 stl++; 7131 if (*stl++ != '(') 7132 stl = p_ruf; 7133 } 7134 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7135 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 7136 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 7137 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 7138 #else 7139 col = ru_col; 7140 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 7141 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 7142 #endif 7143 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 7144 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7145 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7146 #endif 7147 { 7148 row = Rows - 1; 7149 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7150 fillchar = ' '; 7151 attr = 0; 7152 } 7153 7154 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7155 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7156 # endif 7157 } 7158 else 7159 { 7160 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7161 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7162 else 7163 stl = p_stl; 7164 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7165 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7166 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7167 # endif 7168 } 7169 7170 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7171 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 7172 #endif 7173 } 7174 7175 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7176 goto theend; 7177 7178 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7179 * the cursor away and back. */ 7180 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7181 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7182 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7183 7184 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7185 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7186 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7187 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7188 stl, use_sandbox, 7189 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7190 vim_free(stl); 7191 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7192 7193 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7194 p = transstr(buf); 7195 if (p != NULL) 7196 { 7197 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7198 vim_free(p); 7199 } 7200 7201 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7202 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7203 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7204 { 7205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7206 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7207 #else 7208 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7209 #endif 7210 ++width; 7211 } 7212 buf[len] = NUL; 7213 7214 /* 7215 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7216 */ 7217 curattr = attr; 7218 p = buf; 7219 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7220 { 7221 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7222 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7223 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7224 p = hltab[n].start; 7225 7226 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7227 curattr = attr; 7228 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7229 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7230 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7231 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7232 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7233 #endif 7234 else 7235 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7236 } 7237 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7238 7239 if (wp == NULL) 7240 { 7241 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7242 col = 0; 7243 len = 0; 7244 p = buf; 7245 fillchar = 0; 7246 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7247 { 7248 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7249 while (col < len) 7250 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7251 p = tabtab[n].start; 7252 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7253 } 7254 while (col < Columns) 7255 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7256 } 7257 7258 theend: 7259 entered = FALSE; 7260 } 7261 7262 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7263 7264 /* 7265 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7266 */ 7267 void 7268 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7269 { 7270 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7271 7272 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7273 if (has_mbyte) 7274 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7275 else 7276 #endif 7277 { 7278 buf[0] = c; 7279 buf[1] = NUL; 7280 } 7281 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7282 } 7283 7284 /* 7285 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7286 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7287 */ 7288 void 7289 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7290 { 7291 unsigned off; 7292 7293 /* safety check */ 7294 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7295 { 7296 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7297 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7298 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7299 bytes[1] = NUL; 7300 7301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7302 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7303 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7304 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7305 { 7306 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7307 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7308 bytes[2] = NUL; 7309 } 7310 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7311 { 7312 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7313 bytes[2] = NUL; 7314 } 7315 #endif 7316 } 7317 } 7318 7319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7320 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7321 7322 /* 7323 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7324 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7325 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7326 */ 7327 static int 7328 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7329 { 7330 int i; 7331 7332 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7333 { 7334 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7335 return TRUE; 7336 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7337 break; 7338 } 7339 return FALSE; 7340 } 7341 #endif 7342 7343 /* 7344 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7345 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7346 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7347 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7348 */ 7349 void 7350 screen_puts( 7351 char_u *text, 7352 int row, 7353 int col, 7354 int attr) 7355 { 7356 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7357 } 7358 7359 /* 7360 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7361 * a NUL. 7362 */ 7363 void 7364 screen_puts_len( 7365 char_u *text, 7366 int textlen, 7367 int row, 7368 int col, 7369 int attr) 7370 { 7371 unsigned off; 7372 char_u *ptr = text; 7373 int len = textlen; 7374 int c; 7375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7376 unsigned max_off; 7377 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7378 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7379 int u8c = 0; 7380 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7381 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7382 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7383 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7384 int pc, nc, nc1; 7385 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7386 # endif 7387 #endif 7388 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7389 int force_redraw_this; 7390 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7391 #endif 7392 int need_redraw; 7393 7394 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7395 return; 7396 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7397 7398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7399 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7400 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7401 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7402 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7403 && !gui.in_use 7404 # endif 7405 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7406 { 7407 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7408 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7409 if (enc_utf8) 7410 { 7411 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7412 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7413 } 7414 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7415 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7416 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7417 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7418 } 7419 #endif 7420 7421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7422 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7423 #endif 7424 while (col < screen_Columns 7425 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7426 && *ptr != NUL) 7427 { 7428 c = *ptr; 7429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7430 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7431 if (has_mbyte) 7432 { 7433 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7434 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7435 else 7436 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7437 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7438 mbyte_cells = 1; 7439 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7440 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7441 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7442 { 7443 if (len >= 0) 7444 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7445 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7446 else 7447 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7448 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7449 # ifdef UNICODE16 7450 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7451 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7452 { 7453 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7454 if (attr == 0) 7455 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7456 } 7457 # endif 7458 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7459 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7460 { 7461 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7462 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7463 { 7464 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7465 nc = NUL; 7466 nc1 = NUL; 7467 } 7468 else 7469 { 7470 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7471 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7472 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7473 } 7474 pc = prev_c; 7475 prev_c = u8c; 7476 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7477 } 7478 else 7479 prev_c = u8c; 7480 # endif 7481 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7482 { 7483 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7484 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7485 c = '>'; 7486 mbyte_cells = 1; 7487 } 7488 } 7489 } 7490 #endif 7491 7492 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7493 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7494 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7495 #endif 7496 7497 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7499 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7500 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7501 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7502 && c == 0x8e 7503 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7504 || (enc_utf8 7505 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7506 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7507 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7508 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7509 #endif 7510 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7511 || exmode_active; 7512 7513 if (need_redraw 7514 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7515 || force_redraw_this 7516 #endif 7517 ) 7518 { 7519 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7520 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7521 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7522 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7523 * and for some xterms. */ 7524 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7525 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7526 gui.in_use 7527 # endif 7528 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7529 || 7530 # endif 7531 # ifdef UNIX 7532 term_is_xterm 7533 # endif 7534 )) 7535 { 7536 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7537 7538 if (n > HL_ALL) 7539 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7540 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7541 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7542 } 7543 #endif 7544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7545 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7546 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7547 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7548 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7549 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7550 if (clear_next_cell) 7551 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7552 else if (has_mbyte 7553 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7554 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7555 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7556 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7557 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7558 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7559 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7560 7561 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7562 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7563 if (enc_dbcs 7564 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7565 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7566 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7567 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7568 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7569 #endif 7570 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7571 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7573 if (enc_utf8) 7574 { 7575 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7576 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7577 else 7578 { 7579 int i; 7580 7581 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7582 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7583 { 7584 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7585 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7586 break; 7587 } 7588 } 7589 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7590 { 7591 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7592 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7593 } 7594 screen_char(off, row, col); 7595 } 7596 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7597 { 7598 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7599 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7600 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7601 } 7602 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7603 { 7604 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7605 screen_char(off, row, col); 7606 } 7607 else 7608 #endif 7609 screen_char(off, row, col); 7610 } 7611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7612 if (has_mbyte) 7613 { 7614 off += mbyte_cells; 7615 col += mbyte_cells; 7616 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7617 if (clear_next_cell) 7618 { 7619 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7620 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7621 len = -1; 7622 } 7623 } 7624 else 7625 #endif 7626 { 7627 ++off; 7628 ++col; 7629 ++ptr; 7630 } 7631 } 7632 7633 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7634 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7635 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7636 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7637 { 7638 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7639 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7640 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7641 else 7642 # endif 7643 screen_char(off, row, col); 7644 } 7645 #endif 7646 } 7647 7648 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7649 /* 7650 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7651 */ 7652 static void 7653 start_search_hl(void) 7654 { 7655 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7656 { 7657 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7658 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7659 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7660 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7661 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7662 # endif 7663 } 7664 } 7665 7666 /* 7667 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7668 */ 7669 static void 7670 end_search_hl(void) 7671 { 7672 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7673 { 7674 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7675 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7676 } 7677 } 7678 7679 /* 7680 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7681 */ 7682 static void 7683 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7684 { 7685 matchitem_T *cur; 7686 7687 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7688 * match */ 7689 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7690 while (cur != NULL) 7691 { 7692 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7693 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7694 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7695 else 7696 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7697 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7698 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7699 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7700 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7701 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7702 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7703 # endif 7704 cur = cur->next; 7705 } 7706 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7707 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7708 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7709 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7710 } 7711 7712 /* 7713 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7714 */ 7715 static void 7716 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7717 { 7718 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7719 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7720 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7721 has been processed or not */ 7722 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7723 in progress */ 7724 int n; 7725 7726 /* 7727 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7728 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7729 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7730 */ 7731 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7732 shl_flag = FALSE; 7733 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7734 { 7735 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7736 { 7737 shl = &search_hl; 7738 shl_flag = TRUE; 7739 } 7740 else 7741 shl = &cur->hl; 7742 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7743 && shl->lnum == 0 7744 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7745 { 7746 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7747 { 7748 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7749 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7750 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7751 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7752 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7753 break; 7754 # else 7755 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7756 # endif 7757 } 7758 if (cur != NULL) 7759 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7760 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7761 n = 0; 7762 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7763 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7764 { 7765 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7766 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7767 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7768 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7769 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7770 { 7771 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7772 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7773 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7774 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7775 } 7776 else 7777 { 7778 ++shl->first_lnum; 7779 n = 0; 7780 } 7781 } 7782 } 7783 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7784 cur = cur->next; 7785 } 7786 } 7787 7788 /* 7789 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7790 * Uses shl->buf. 7791 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7792 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7793 * shl->lnum is zero. 7794 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7795 */ 7796 static void 7797 next_search_hl( 7798 win_T *win, 7799 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7800 linenr_T lnum, 7801 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7802 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7803 { 7804 linenr_T l; 7805 colnr_T matchcol; 7806 long nmatched; 7807 7808 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7809 { 7810 /* Check for three situations: 7811 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7812 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7813 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7814 */ 7815 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7816 if (lnum > l) 7817 shl->lnum = 0; 7818 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7819 return; 7820 } 7821 7822 /* 7823 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7824 * or none is found in this line. 7825 */ 7826 called_emsg = FALSE; 7827 for (;;) 7828 { 7829 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7830 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7831 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7832 { 7833 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7834 break; 7835 } 7836 #endif 7837 /* Three situations: 7838 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7839 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7840 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7841 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7842 */ 7843 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7844 matchcol = 0; 7845 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7846 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7847 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7848 { 7849 char_u *ml; 7850 7851 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7852 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7853 if (*ml == NUL) 7854 { 7855 ++matchcol; 7856 shl->lnum = 0; 7857 break; 7858 } 7859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7860 if (has_mbyte) 7861 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7862 else 7863 #endif 7864 ++matchcol; 7865 } 7866 else 7867 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7868 7869 shl->lnum = lnum; 7870 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7871 { 7872 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7873 * cur->match. */ 7874 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7875 && shl == &cur->hl 7876 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7877 int timed_out = FALSE; 7878 7879 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7880 matchcol, 7881 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7882 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7883 #else 7884 NULL, NULL 7885 #endif 7886 ); 7887 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7888 if (regprog_is_copy) 7889 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7890 7891 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7892 { 7893 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7894 if (shl == &search_hl) 7895 { 7896 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7897 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7898 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7899 } 7900 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7901 shl->lnum = 0; 7902 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7903 message */ 7904 break; 7905 } 7906 } 7907 else if (cur != NULL) 7908 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7909 else 7910 nmatched = 0; 7911 if (nmatched == 0) 7912 { 7913 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7914 break; 7915 } 7916 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7917 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7918 || nmatched > 1 7919 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7920 { 7921 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7922 break; /* useful match found */ 7923 } 7924 } 7925 } 7926 7927 /* 7928 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 7929 * Return zero otherwise. 7930 */ 7931 static int 7932 next_search_hl_pos( 7933 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7934 linenr_T lnum, 7935 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7936 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7937 { 7938 int i; 7939 int found = -1; 7940 7941 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7942 { 7943 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 7944 7945 if (pos->lnum == 0) 7946 break; 7947 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 7948 continue; 7949 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 7950 { 7951 if (found >= 0) 7952 { 7953 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 7954 * them */ 7955 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 7956 { 7957 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 7958 7959 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 7960 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 7961 } 7962 } 7963 else 7964 found = i; 7965 } 7966 } 7967 posmatch->cur = 0; 7968 if (found >= 0) 7969 { 7970 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7971 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 7972 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7973 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 7974 7975 shl->lnum = lnum; 7976 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7977 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7978 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 7979 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 7980 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 7981 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 7982 return 1; 7983 } 7984 return 0; 7985 } 7986 #endif 7987 7988 static void 7989 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 7990 { 7991 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7992 7993 screen_attr = attr; 7994 if (full_screen 7995 #ifdef WIN3264 7996 && termcap_active 7997 #endif 7998 ) 7999 { 8000 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8001 if (gui.in_use) 8002 { 8003 char buf[20]; 8004 8005 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8006 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8007 OUT_STR(buf); 8008 } 8009 else 8010 #endif 8011 { 8012 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8013 { 8014 if (IS_CTERM) 8015 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8016 else 8017 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8018 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8019 attr = 0; 8020 else 8021 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8022 } 8023 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 8024 out_str(T_MD); 8025 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && 8026 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8027 (p_tgc ? 8028 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8029 #endif 8030 (t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8031 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8032 ) 8033 #endif 8034 ) 8035 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8036 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8037 out_str(T_ME); 8038 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 8039 out_str(T_SO); 8040 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 8041 /* underline or undercurl */ 8042 out_str(T_US); 8043 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 8044 out_str(T_CZH); 8045 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8046 out_str(T_MR); 8047 8048 /* 8049 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8050 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8051 */ 8052 if (aep != NULL) 8053 { 8054 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8055 if (p_tgc) 8056 { 8057 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8058 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8059 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8060 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8061 } 8062 else 8063 #endif 8064 { 8065 if (t_colors > 1) 8066 { 8067 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8068 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8069 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8070 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8071 } 8072 else 8073 { 8074 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8075 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8076 } 8077 } 8078 } 8079 } 8080 } 8081 } 8082 8083 void 8084 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8085 { 8086 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8087 8088 if (screen_attr != 0 8089 #ifdef WIN3264 8090 && termcap_active 8091 #endif 8092 ) 8093 { 8094 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8095 if (gui.in_use) 8096 { 8097 char buf[20]; 8098 8099 /* use internal GUI code */ 8100 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8101 OUT_STR(buf); 8102 } 8103 else 8104 #endif 8105 { 8106 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8107 { 8108 attrentry_T *aep; 8109 8110 if (IS_CTERM) 8111 { 8112 /* 8113 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8114 */ 8115 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8116 if (aep != NULL && 8117 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8118 (p_tgc ? 8119 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8120 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8121 #endif 8122 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8123 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8124 ) 8125 #endif 8126 ) 8127 do_ME = TRUE; 8128 } 8129 else 8130 { 8131 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8132 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8133 { 8134 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8135 do_ME = TRUE; 8136 else 8137 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8138 } 8139 } 8140 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8141 screen_attr = 0; 8142 else 8143 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8144 } 8145 8146 /* 8147 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8148 * same sequence several times. 8149 */ 8150 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8151 { 8152 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8153 do_ME = TRUE; 8154 else 8155 out_str(T_SE); 8156 } 8157 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 8158 { 8159 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8160 do_ME = TRUE; 8161 else 8162 out_str(T_UE); 8163 } 8164 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8165 { 8166 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8167 do_ME = TRUE; 8168 else 8169 out_str(T_CZR); 8170 } 8171 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8172 out_str(T_ME); 8173 8174 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8175 if (p_tgc) 8176 { 8177 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8178 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8179 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8180 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8181 } 8182 else 8183 #endif 8184 { 8185 if (t_colors > 1) 8186 { 8187 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8188 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8189 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8190 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8191 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8192 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8193 out_str(T_MD); 8194 } 8195 } 8196 } 8197 } 8198 screen_attr = 0; 8199 } 8200 8201 /* 8202 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8203 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8204 */ 8205 void 8206 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8207 { 8208 if (IS_CTERM) 8209 { 8210 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8211 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8212 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8213 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8214 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8215 #else 8216 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8217 #endif 8218 { 8219 out_str(T_OP); 8220 screen_attr = -1; 8221 } 8222 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8223 { 8224 out_str(T_ME); 8225 screen_attr = -1; 8226 } 8227 } 8228 } 8229 8230 /* 8231 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8232 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8233 */ 8234 static void 8235 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8236 { 8237 int attr; 8238 8239 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8240 * resizing). */ 8241 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8242 return; 8243 8244 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8245 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8246 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8247 if (*T_XN == NUL 8248 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8249 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8250 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8251 && !cmdmsg_rl 8252 #endif 8253 ) 8254 { 8255 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8256 return; 8257 } 8258 8259 /* 8260 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8261 */ 8262 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8263 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8264 attr = screen_char_attr; 8265 else 8266 #endif 8267 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8268 if (screen_attr != attr) 8269 screen_stop_highlight(); 8270 8271 windgoto(row, col); 8272 8273 if (screen_attr != attr) 8274 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8275 8276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8277 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8278 { 8279 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8280 8281 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8282 8283 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8284 8285 out_str(buf); 8286 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8287 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8288 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8289 ++screen_cur_col; 8290 } 8291 else 8292 #endif 8293 { 8294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8295 out_flush_check(); 8296 #endif 8297 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8299 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8300 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8301 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8302 #endif 8303 } 8304 8305 screen_cur_col++; 8306 } 8307 8308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8309 8310 /* 8311 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8312 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8313 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8314 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8315 */ 8316 static void 8317 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8318 { 8319 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8320 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8321 return; 8322 8323 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8324 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8325 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8326 { 8327 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8328 return; 8329 } 8330 8331 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8332 * second byte directly. */ 8333 screen_char(off, row, col); 8334 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8335 ++screen_cur_col; 8336 } 8337 #endif 8338 8339 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 8340 /* 8341 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8342 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8343 */ 8344 void 8345 screen_draw_rectangle( 8346 int row, 8347 int col, 8348 int height, 8349 int width, 8350 int invert) 8351 { 8352 int r, c; 8353 int off; 8354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8355 int max_off; 8356 #endif 8357 8358 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8359 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8360 return; 8361 8362 if (invert) 8363 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8364 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8365 { 8366 off = LineOffset[r]; 8367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8368 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8369 #endif 8370 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8371 { 8372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8373 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8374 { 8375 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8376 ++c; 8377 } 8378 else 8379 #endif 8380 { 8381 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8383 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8384 ++c; 8385 #endif 8386 } 8387 } 8388 } 8389 screen_char_attr = 0; 8390 } 8391 #endif 8392 8393 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8394 /* 8395 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8396 */ 8397 static void 8398 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8399 { 8400 int col; 8401 int width; 8402 8403 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8404 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8405 # endif 8406 8407 if (wp == NULL) 8408 { 8409 col = 0; 8410 width = Columns; 8411 } 8412 else 8413 { 8414 col = wp->w_wincol; 8415 width = wp->w_width; 8416 } 8417 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8418 } 8419 #endif 8420 8421 /* 8422 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8423 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8424 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8425 */ 8426 void 8427 screen_fill( 8428 int start_row, 8429 int end_row, 8430 int start_col, 8431 int end_col, 8432 int c1, 8433 int c2, 8434 int attr) 8435 { 8436 int row; 8437 int col; 8438 int off; 8439 int end_off; 8440 int did_delete; 8441 int c; 8442 int norm_term; 8443 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8444 int force_next = FALSE; 8445 #endif 8446 8447 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8448 end_row = screen_Rows; 8449 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8450 end_col = screen_Columns; 8451 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8452 || start_row >= end_row 8453 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8454 return; 8455 8456 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8457 norm_term = ( 8458 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8459 !gui.in_use && 8460 #endif 8461 !IS_CTERM); 8462 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8463 { 8464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8465 if (has_mbyte 8466 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8467 && !gui.in_use 8468 # endif 8469 ) 8470 { 8471 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8472 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8473 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8474 * terminal. */ 8475 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8476 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8477 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8478 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8479 } 8480 #endif 8481 /* 8482 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8483 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8484 * space. 8485 */ 8486 did_delete = FALSE; 8487 if (c2 == ' ' 8488 && end_col == Columns 8489 && can_clear(T_CE) 8490 && (attr == 0 8491 || (norm_term 8492 && attr <= HL_ALL 8493 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8494 { 8495 /* 8496 * check if we really need to clear something 8497 */ 8498 col = start_col; 8499 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8500 ++col; 8501 8502 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8503 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8504 8505 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8507 if (enc_utf8) 8508 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8509 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8510 ++off; 8511 else 8512 #endif 8513 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8514 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8515 ++off; 8516 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8517 { 8518 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8519 screen_stop_highlight(); 8520 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8521 out_str(T_CE); 8522 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8523 col = end_col - col; 8524 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8525 { 8526 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8528 if (enc_utf8) 8529 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8530 #endif 8531 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8532 ++off; 8533 } 8534 } 8535 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8536 } 8537 8538 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8539 c = c1; 8540 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8541 { 8542 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8544 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8545 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8546 #endif 8547 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8548 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8549 || force_next 8550 #endif 8551 ) 8552 { 8553 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8554 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8555 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8556 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8557 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8558 if ( 8559 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8560 gui.in_use 8561 # endif 8562 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8563 || 8564 # endif 8565 # ifdef UNIX 8566 term_is_xterm 8567 # endif 8568 ) 8569 { 8570 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8571 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8572 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8573 force_next = TRUE; 8574 else 8575 force_next = FALSE; 8576 } 8577 #endif 8578 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8580 if (enc_utf8) 8581 { 8582 if (c >= 0x80) 8583 { 8584 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8585 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8586 } 8587 else 8588 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8589 } 8590 #endif 8591 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8592 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8593 screen_char(off, row, col); 8594 } 8595 ++off; 8596 if (col == start_col) 8597 { 8598 if (did_delete) 8599 break; 8600 c = c2; 8601 } 8602 } 8603 if (end_col == Columns) 8604 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8605 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8606 { 8607 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8608 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8609 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8610 if (start_col == 0) 8611 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8612 } 8613 } 8614 } 8615 8616 /* 8617 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8618 * screen or the command line. 8619 */ 8620 void 8621 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8622 { 8623 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8624 && !did_wait_return 8625 && emsg_silent == 0) 8626 { 8627 out_flush(); 8628 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8629 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8630 if (check_msg_scroll) 8631 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8632 } 8633 } 8634 8635 /* 8636 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8637 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8638 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8639 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8640 */ 8641 int 8642 screen_valid(int doclear) 8643 { 8644 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8645 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8646 } 8647 8648 /* 8649 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8650 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8651 * 8652 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8653 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8654 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8655 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8656 * final size of the shell is needed. 8657 */ 8658 void 8659 screenalloc(int doclear) 8660 { 8661 int new_row, old_row; 8662 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8663 int old_Rows; 8664 #endif 8665 win_T *wp; 8666 int outofmem = FALSE; 8667 int len; 8668 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8670 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8671 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8672 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8673 int i; 8674 #endif 8675 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8676 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8677 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8678 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8679 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8680 tabpage_T *tp; 8681 #endif 8682 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8683 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8684 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8685 int retry_count = 0; 8686 8687 retry: 8688 #endif 8689 /* 8690 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8691 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8692 * screen stuff. 8693 */ 8694 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8695 && Rows == screen_Rows 8696 && Columns == screen_Columns 8697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8698 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8699 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8700 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8701 #endif 8702 ) 8703 || Rows == 0 8704 || Columns == 0 8705 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8706 return; 8707 8708 /* 8709 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8710 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8711 * return here. 8712 */ 8713 if (entered) 8714 return; 8715 entered = TRUE; 8716 8717 /* 8718 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8719 * thus we must not redraw here! 8720 */ 8721 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8722 8723 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8724 8725 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8726 8727 /* 8728 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8729 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8730 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8731 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8732 * - Free the old arrays. 8733 * 8734 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8735 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8736 * size is wrong. 8737 */ 8738 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8739 win_free_lsize(wp); 8740 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8741 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8742 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8743 #endif 8744 8745 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8746 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8748 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8749 if (enc_utf8) 8750 { 8751 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8752 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8753 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8754 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8755 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8756 } 8757 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8758 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8759 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8760 #endif 8761 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8762 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8763 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8764 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8765 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8766 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8767 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8768 #endif 8769 8770 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8771 { 8772 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8773 { 8774 outofmem = TRUE; 8775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8776 goto give_up; 8777 #endif 8778 } 8779 } 8780 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8781 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8782 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8783 outofmem = TRUE; 8784 #endif 8785 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8786 give_up: 8787 #endif 8788 8789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8790 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8791 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8792 break; 8793 #endif 8794 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8795 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8796 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8797 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8798 #endif 8799 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8800 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8801 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8802 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8803 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8804 #endif 8805 || outofmem) 8806 { 8807 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8808 { 8809 /* guess the size */ 8810 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8811 8812 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8813 * and over again. */ 8814 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8815 } 8816 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8817 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8819 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8820 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8821 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8822 { 8823 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8824 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8825 } 8826 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8827 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8828 #endif 8829 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8830 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8831 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8832 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8833 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8834 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8835 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8836 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8837 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8838 #endif 8839 } 8840 else 8841 { 8842 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8843 8844 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8845 { 8846 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8847 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8848 8849 /* 8850 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8851 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8852 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8853 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8854 */ 8855 if (!doclear) 8856 { 8857 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8858 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8860 if (enc_utf8) 8861 { 8862 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8863 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8864 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8865 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8866 + new_row * Columns, 8867 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8868 } 8869 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8870 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8871 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8872 #endif 8873 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8874 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8875 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8876 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8877 { 8878 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8879 len = screen_Columns; 8880 else 8881 len = Columns; 8882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8883 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8884 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8885 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8886 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8887 #endif 8888 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8889 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8890 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8892 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8893 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8894 { 8895 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8896 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8897 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8898 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8899 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8900 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8901 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8902 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8903 } 8904 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8905 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8906 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8907 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8908 #endif 8909 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8910 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8911 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8912 } 8913 } 8914 } 8915 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8916 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8917 } 8918 8919 free_screenlines(); 8920 8921 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8923 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8924 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8925 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8926 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8927 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8928 #endif 8929 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8930 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8931 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8932 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8933 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8934 #endif 8935 8936 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8937 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8938 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8939 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8940 #endif 8941 screen_Rows = Rows; 8942 screen_Columns = Columns; 8943 8944 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8945 if (doclear) 8946 screenclear2(); 8947 8948 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8949 else if (gui.in_use 8950 && !gui.starting 8951 && ScreenLines != NULL 8952 && old_Rows != Rows) 8953 { 8954 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8955 /* 8956 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8957 * command. 8958 */ 8959 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8960 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8961 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8962 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8963 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8964 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8965 } 8966 #endif 8967 8968 entered = FALSE; 8969 --RedrawingDisabled; 8970 8971 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8972 /* 8973 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8974 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8975 */ 8976 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8977 { 8978 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8979 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8980 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8981 goto retry; 8982 } 8983 #endif 8984 } 8985 8986 void 8987 free_screenlines(void) 8988 { 8989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8990 int i; 8991 8992 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 8993 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8994 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8995 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 8996 #endif 8997 vim_free(ScreenLines); 8998 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 8999 vim_free(LineOffset); 9000 vim_free(LineWraps); 9001 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9002 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9003 #endif 9004 } 9005 9006 void 9007 screenclear(void) 9008 { 9009 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9010 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9011 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9012 } 9013 9014 static void 9015 screenclear2(void) 9016 { 9017 int i; 9018 9019 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9020 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9021 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9022 #endif 9023 ) 9024 return; 9025 9026 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9027 if (!gui.in_use) 9028 #endif 9029 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9030 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9031 9032 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9033 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9034 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9035 #endif 9036 9037 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9038 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9039 { 9040 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9041 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9042 } 9043 9044 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9045 { 9046 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9047 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9048 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9049 } 9050 else 9051 { 9052 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9053 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9054 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9055 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9056 } 9057 9058 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9059 9060 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9061 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9062 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9063 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9064 #endif 9065 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9066 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9067 compute_cmdrow(); 9068 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9069 msg_col = 0; 9070 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9071 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9072 msg_didany = FALSE; 9073 msg_didout = FALSE; 9074 } 9075 9076 /* 9077 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9078 */ 9079 static void 9080 lineclear(unsigned off, int width) 9081 { 9082 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9084 if (enc_utf8) 9085 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9086 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9087 #endif 9088 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9089 } 9090 9091 /* 9092 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9093 * invalid value. 9094 */ 9095 static void 9096 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9097 { 9098 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9099 } 9100 9101 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9102 /* 9103 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9104 */ 9105 static void 9106 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9107 { 9108 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9109 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9110 9111 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9112 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9113 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9114 if (enc_utf8) 9115 { 9116 int i; 9117 9118 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9119 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9120 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9121 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9122 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9123 } 9124 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9125 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9126 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9127 # endif 9128 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9129 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9130 } 9131 #endif 9132 9133 /* 9134 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9135 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9136 */ 9137 int 9138 can_clear(char_u *p) 9139 { 9140 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9141 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9142 || gui.in_use 9143 #endif 9144 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9145 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9146 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9147 #else 9148 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9149 #endif 9150 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9151 } 9152 9153 /* 9154 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9155 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9156 * code. 9157 */ 9158 void 9159 screen_start(void) 9160 { 9161 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9162 } 9163 9164 /* 9165 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9166 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9167 * characters sent to the terminal. 9168 */ 9169 void 9170 windgoto(int row, int col) 9171 { 9172 sattr_T *p; 9173 int i; 9174 int plan; 9175 int cost; 9176 int wouldbe_col; 9177 int noinvcurs; 9178 char_u *bs; 9179 int goto_cost; 9180 int attr; 9181 9182 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9183 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9184 9185 #define PLAN_LE 1 9186 #define PLAN_CR 2 9187 #define PLAN_NL 3 9188 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9189 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9190 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9191 return; 9192 9193 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9194 { 9195 /* Check for valid position. */ 9196 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9197 row = 0; 9198 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9199 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9200 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9201 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9202 9203 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9204 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9205 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9206 else 9207 noinvcurs = 0; 9208 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9209 9210 /* 9211 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9212 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9213 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9214 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9215 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9216 * 9217 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9218 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9219 * 9220 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9221 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9222 */ 9223 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9224 { 9225 /* 9226 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9227 * or T_LE. 9228 */ 9229 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9230 attr = screen_attr; 9231 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9232 { 9233 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9234 if (*T_LE) 9235 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9236 else 9237 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9238 if (*bs) 9239 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9240 else 9241 cost = 999; 9242 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9243 { 9244 plan = PLAN_CR; 9245 wouldbe_col = 0; 9246 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9247 } 9248 else 9249 { 9250 plan = PLAN_LE; 9251 wouldbe_col = col; 9252 } 9253 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9254 { 9255 cost += noinvcurs; 9256 attr = 0; 9257 } 9258 } 9259 9260 /* 9261 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9262 */ 9263 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9264 { 9265 plan = PLAN_NL; 9266 wouldbe_col = 0; 9267 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9268 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9269 { 9270 cost += noinvcurs; 9271 attr = 0; 9272 } 9273 } 9274 9275 /* 9276 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9277 */ 9278 else 9279 { 9280 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9281 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9282 cost = 0; 9283 } 9284 9285 /* 9286 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9287 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9288 */ 9289 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9290 if (i > 0) 9291 cost += i; 9292 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9293 { 9294 /* 9295 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9296 * stopping highlighting. 9297 */ 9298 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9299 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9300 --i; 9301 if (i != 0) 9302 { 9303 /* 9304 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9305 */ 9306 if (*--p == 0) 9307 { 9308 cost += noinvcurs; 9309 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9310 --i; 9311 } 9312 if (i != 0) 9313 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9314 } 9315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9316 if (enc_utf8) 9317 { 9318 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9319 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9320 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9321 { 9322 cost = 999; 9323 break; 9324 } 9325 } 9326 #endif 9327 } 9328 9329 /* 9330 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9331 */ 9332 if (cost < goto_cost) 9333 { 9334 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9335 { 9336 if (noinvcurs) 9337 screen_stop_highlight(); 9338 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9339 { 9340 out_str(bs); 9341 --screen_cur_col; 9342 } 9343 } 9344 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9345 { 9346 if (noinvcurs) 9347 screen_stop_highlight(); 9348 out_char('\r'); 9349 screen_cur_col = 0; 9350 } 9351 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9352 { 9353 if (noinvcurs) 9354 screen_stop_highlight(); 9355 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9356 { 9357 out_char('\n'); 9358 ++screen_cur_row; 9359 } 9360 screen_cur_col = 0; 9361 } 9362 9363 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9364 if (i > 0) 9365 { 9366 /* 9367 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9368 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9369 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9370 */ 9371 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9372 { 9373 while (i-- > 0) 9374 out_char(*T_ND); 9375 } 9376 else 9377 { 9378 int off; 9379 9380 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9381 while (i-- > 0) 9382 { 9383 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9384 screen_stop_highlight(); 9385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9386 out_flush_check(); 9387 #endif 9388 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9390 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9391 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9392 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9393 #endif 9394 ++off; 9395 } 9396 } 9397 } 9398 } 9399 } 9400 else 9401 cost = 999; 9402 9403 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9404 { 9405 if (noinvcurs) 9406 screen_stop_highlight(); 9407 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9408 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9409 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9410 else 9411 term_windgoto(row, col); 9412 } 9413 screen_cur_row = row; 9414 screen_cur_col = col; 9415 } 9416 } 9417 9418 /* 9419 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9420 */ 9421 void 9422 setcursor(void) 9423 { 9424 if (redrawing()) 9425 { 9426 validate_cursor(); 9427 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9428 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9430 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9431 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9432 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9433 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9434 (has_mbyte 9435 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9436 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9437 # endif 9438 1)) : 9439 #endif 9440 curwin->w_wcol)); 9441 } 9442 } 9443 9444 9445 /* 9446 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9447 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9448 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9449 * scrolling. 9450 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9451 */ 9452 int 9453 win_ins_lines( 9454 win_T *wp, 9455 int row, 9456 int line_count, 9457 int invalid, 9458 int mayclear) 9459 { 9460 int did_delete; 9461 int nextrow; 9462 int lastrow; 9463 int retval; 9464 9465 if (invalid) 9466 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9467 9468 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9469 return FAIL; 9470 9471 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9472 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9473 9474 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9475 if (retval != MAYBE) 9476 return retval; 9477 9478 /* 9479 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9480 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9481 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9482 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9483 */ 9484 did_delete = FALSE; 9485 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9486 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9487 { 9488 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9489 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9490 did_delete = TRUE; 9491 else if (wp->w_next) 9492 return FAIL; 9493 } 9494 #endif 9495 /* 9496 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9497 */ 9498 if (!did_delete) 9499 { 9500 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9501 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9502 #endif 9503 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9504 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9505 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9506 if (lastrow > Rows) 9507 lastrow = Rows; 9508 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9509 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9510 ' ', ' ', 0); 9511 } 9512 9513 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9514 == FAIL) 9515 { 9516 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9517 if (did_delete) 9518 { 9519 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9520 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9521 #endif 9522 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9523 } 9524 return FAIL; 9525 } 9526 9527 return OK; 9528 } 9529 9530 /* 9531 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9532 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9533 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9534 * scrolling 9535 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9536 */ 9537 int 9538 win_del_lines( 9539 win_T *wp, 9540 int row, 9541 int line_count, 9542 int invalid, 9543 int mayclear) 9544 { 9545 int retval; 9546 9547 if (invalid) 9548 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9549 9550 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9551 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9552 9553 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9554 if (retval != MAYBE) 9555 return retval; 9556 9557 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9558 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9559 return FAIL; 9560 9561 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9562 /* 9563 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9564 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9565 */ 9566 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9567 { 9568 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9569 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9570 { 9571 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9572 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9573 } 9574 } 9575 /* 9576 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9577 * command line later. 9578 */ 9579 else 9580 #endif 9581 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9582 return OK; 9583 } 9584 9585 /* 9586 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9587 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9588 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9589 */ 9590 static int 9591 win_do_lines( 9592 win_T *wp, 9593 int row, 9594 int line_count, 9595 int mayclear, 9596 int del) 9597 { 9598 int retval; 9599 9600 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9601 return FAIL; 9602 9603 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9604 * the lines. */ 9605 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9606 return FAIL; 9607 9608 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9609 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9610 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9611 && wp->w_width == Columns 9612 #endif 9613 ) 9614 { 9615 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9616 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9617 return FAIL; 9618 } 9619 9620 /* 9621 * Delete all remaining lines 9622 */ 9623 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9624 { 9625 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9626 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9627 ' ', ' ', 0); 9628 return OK; 9629 } 9630 9631 /* 9632 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9633 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9634 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9635 */ 9636 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9637 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9638 9639 /* 9640 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9641 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9642 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9643 * win_line(). 9644 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9645 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9646 * scroll-up . 9647 */ 9648 if (scroll_region 9649 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9650 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9651 #endif 9652 ) 9653 { 9654 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9655 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9656 #endif 9657 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9658 if (del) 9659 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9660 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9661 else 9662 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9663 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9664 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9665 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9666 #endif 9667 scroll_region_reset(); 9668 return retval; 9669 } 9670 9671 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9672 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9673 return FAIL; 9674 #endif 9675 9676 return MAYBE; 9677 } 9678 9679 /* 9680 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9681 */ 9682 static void 9683 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9684 { 9685 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9686 while (wp != NULL) 9687 #else 9688 if (wp != NULL) 9689 #endif 9690 { 9691 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9692 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9693 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9694 wp = wp->w_next; 9695 #endif 9696 } 9697 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9698 } 9699 9700 /* 9701 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9702 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9703 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9704 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9705 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9706 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9707 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9708 */ 9709 9710 /* 9711 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9712 */ 9713 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9714 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9715 #define USE_T_AL 3 9716 #define USE_T_CE 4 9717 #define USE_T_DL 5 9718 #define USE_T_SR 6 9719 #define USE_NL 7 9720 #define USE_T_CD 8 9721 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9722 9723 /* 9724 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9725 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9726 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9727 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9728 * 9729 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9730 */ 9731 int 9732 screen_ins_lines( 9733 int off, 9734 int row, 9735 int line_count, 9736 int end, 9737 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9738 { 9739 int i; 9740 int j; 9741 unsigned temp; 9742 int cursor_row; 9743 int type; 9744 int result_empty; 9745 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9746 9747 /* 9748 * FAIL if 9749 * - there is no valid screen 9750 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9751 * - the line count is less than one 9752 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9753 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9754 */ 9755 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9756 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9757 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9758 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9759 #endif 9760 ) 9761 return FAIL; 9762 9763 /* 9764 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9765 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9766 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9767 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9768 * the insert is just empty lines 9769 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9770 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9771 * at once. 9772 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9773 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9774 * 1. 9775 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9776 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9777 * just empty lines. 9778 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9779 * just empty lines. 9780 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9781 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9782 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9783 * 9784 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9785 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9786 * exists. 9787 */ 9788 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9789 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9790 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9791 type = USE_REDRAW; 9792 else 9793 #endif 9794 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9795 type = USE_T_CD; 9796 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9797 type = USE_T_CAL; 9798 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9799 type = USE_T_CDL; 9800 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9801 type = USE_T_AL; 9802 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9803 type = USE_T_CE; 9804 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9805 type = USE_T_DL; 9806 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9807 type = USE_T_SR; 9808 else 9809 return FAIL; 9810 9811 /* 9812 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9813 * care of t_db if necessary. 9814 */ 9815 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9816 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9817 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9818 9819 /* 9820 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9821 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9822 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9823 */ 9824 if (*T_DB) 9825 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9826 9827 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9828 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9829 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9830 if (off + row > 0 9831 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9832 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9833 # endif 9834 ) 9835 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9836 else 9837 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9838 #endif 9839 9840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9841 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9842 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9843 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9844 #endif 9845 9846 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9847 cursor_row = row; 9848 else 9849 cursor_row = row + off; 9850 9851 /* 9852 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9853 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9854 */ 9855 row += off; 9856 end += off; 9857 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9858 { 9859 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9860 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9861 { 9862 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9863 j = end - 1 - i; 9864 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9865 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9866 j += line_count; 9867 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9868 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9869 else 9870 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9871 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9872 } 9873 else 9874 #endif 9875 { 9876 j = end - 1 - i; 9877 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9878 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9879 { 9880 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9881 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9882 } 9883 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9884 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9885 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9886 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9887 else 9888 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9889 } 9890 } 9891 9892 screen_stop_highlight(); 9893 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9894 9895 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9896 /* redraw the characters */ 9897 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9898 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9899 else 9900 #endif 9901 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9902 { 9903 term_append_lines(line_count); 9904 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9905 } 9906 else 9907 { 9908 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9909 { 9910 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9911 { 9912 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9913 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9914 out_str(T_AL); 9915 } 9916 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9917 out_str(T_SR); 9918 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9919 } 9920 } 9921 9922 /* 9923 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9924 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9925 */ 9926 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9927 { 9928 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9929 { 9930 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9931 out_str(T_CE); 9932 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9933 } 9934 } 9935 9936 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9937 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9938 if (gui.in_use) 9939 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9940 #endif 9941 return OK; 9942 } 9943 9944 /* 9945 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9946 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9947 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9948 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9949 * 9950 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9951 */ 9952 int 9953 screen_del_lines( 9954 int off, 9955 int row, 9956 int line_count, 9957 int end, 9958 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9959 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9960 { 9961 int j; 9962 int i; 9963 unsigned temp; 9964 int cursor_row; 9965 int cursor_end; 9966 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9967 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9968 int type; 9969 9970 /* 9971 * FAIL if 9972 * - there is no valid screen 9973 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9974 * - the line count is less than one 9975 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9976 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9977 */ 9978 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 9979 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9980 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9981 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9982 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9983 #endif 9984 ) 9985 return FAIL; 9986 9987 /* 9988 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9989 */ 9990 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9991 9992 /* 9993 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9994 * available. 9995 */ 9996 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9997 9998 /* 9999 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10000 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10001 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10002 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10003 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10004 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10005 * none of the other ways work. 10006 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10007 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10008 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10009 */ 10010 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10011 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10012 type = USE_REDRAW; 10013 else 10014 #endif 10015 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10016 type = USE_T_CD; 10017 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10018 /* 10019 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10020 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10021 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10022 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10023 * the trick... 10024 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10025 * (Olaf Seibert) 10026 */ 10027 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10028 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10029 #else 10030 else if (row == 0 && ( 10031 #ifndef AMIGA 10032 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10033 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10034 line_count == 1 || 10035 #endif 10036 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10037 #endif 10038 type = USE_NL; 10039 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10040 type = USE_T_CDL; 10041 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10042 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10043 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 10044 #endif 10045 ) 10046 type = USE_T_CE; 10047 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10048 type = USE_T_DL; 10049 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10050 type = USE_T_CDL; 10051 else 10052 return FAIL; 10053 10054 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10055 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10056 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10057 if (off + row > 0 10058 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10059 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10060 # endif 10061 ) 10062 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10063 else 10064 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10065 #endif 10066 10067 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10068 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10069 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10070 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10071 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10072 #endif 10073 10074 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10075 { 10076 cursor_row = row; 10077 cursor_end = end; 10078 } 10079 else 10080 { 10081 cursor_row = row + off; 10082 cursor_end = end + off; 10083 } 10084 10085 /* 10086 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10087 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10088 */ 10089 row += off; 10090 end += off; 10091 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10092 { 10093 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10094 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10095 { 10096 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10097 j = row + i; 10098 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10099 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10100 j -= line_count; 10101 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10102 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10103 else 10104 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10105 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10106 } 10107 else 10108 #endif 10109 { 10110 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10111 j = row + i; 10112 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10113 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10114 { 10115 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10116 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10117 } 10118 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10119 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10120 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10121 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 10122 else 10123 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10124 } 10125 } 10126 10127 screen_stop_highlight(); 10128 10129 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10130 /* redraw the characters */ 10131 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10132 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10133 else 10134 #endif 10135 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10136 { 10137 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10138 out_str(T_CD); 10139 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10140 } 10141 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10142 { 10143 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10144 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10145 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10146 } 10147 /* 10148 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10149 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10150 * last line. 10151 */ 10152 else if (type == USE_NL) 10153 { 10154 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 10155 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10156 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10157 } 10158 else 10159 { 10160 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10161 { 10162 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10163 { 10164 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10165 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10166 } 10167 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10168 { 10169 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 10170 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10171 } 10172 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10173 } 10174 } 10175 10176 /* 10177 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10178 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10179 */ 10180 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10181 { 10182 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10183 { 10184 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10185 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10186 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10191 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10192 if (gui.in_use) 10193 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10194 #endif 10195 10196 return OK; 10197 } 10198 10199 /* 10200 * show the current mode and ruler 10201 * 10202 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10203 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10204 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10205 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10206 */ 10207 int 10208 showmode(void) 10209 { 10210 int need_clear; 10211 int length = 0; 10212 int do_mode; 10213 int attr; 10214 int nwr_save; 10215 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10216 int sub_attr; 10217 #endif 10218 10219 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10220 && ((State & INSERT) 10221 || restart_edit 10222 || VIsual_active)); 10223 if (do_mode || Recording) 10224 { 10225 /* 10226 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10227 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10228 * it takes a bit of time. 10229 */ 10230 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10231 { 10232 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10233 return 0; 10234 } 10235 10236 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10237 10238 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10239 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10240 10241 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10242 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10243 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10244 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10245 10246 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10247 msg_pos_mode(); 10248 cursor_off(); 10249 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10250 if (do_mode) 10251 { 10252 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10253 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10254 if ( 10255 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10256 preedit_get_status() 10257 # else 10258 im_get_status() 10259 # endif 10260 ) 10261 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10262 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10263 # else 10264 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10265 # endif 10266 #endif 10267 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10268 if (gui.in_use) 10269 { 10270 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10271 { 10272 /* HANGUL */ 10273 if (enc_utf8) 10274 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10275 else 10276 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10277 } 10278 } 10279 #endif 10280 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10281 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10282 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10283 { 10284 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10285 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10286 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10287 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10288 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10289 if (length > 0) 10290 { 10291 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10292 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10293 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10294 { 10295 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10296 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10297 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10298 } 10299 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10300 { 10301 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10302 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10303 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10304 else 10305 sub_attr = attr; 10306 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 length = 0; 10310 } 10311 else 10312 #endif 10313 { 10314 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10315 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10316 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10317 else 10318 #endif 10319 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10320 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10321 else if (State & INSERT) 10322 { 10323 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10324 if (p_ri) 10325 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10326 #endif 10327 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10328 } 10329 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10330 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10331 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10332 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10333 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10334 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10335 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10336 if (p_hkmap) 10337 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10338 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10339 if (p_fkmap) 10340 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10341 # endif 10342 #endif 10343 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10344 if (State & LANGMAP) 10345 { 10346 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10347 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10348 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10349 else 10350 # endif 10351 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10352 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10353 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10354 } 10355 #endif 10356 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10357 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10358 10359 if (VIsual_active) 10360 { 10361 char *p; 10362 10363 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10364 * problems. */ 10365 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10366 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10367 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10368 { 10369 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10370 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10371 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10372 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10373 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10374 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10375 } 10376 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10377 } 10378 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10379 } 10380 10381 need_clear = TRUE; 10382 } 10383 if (Recording 10384 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10385 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10386 #endif 10387 ) 10388 { 10389 recording_mode(attr); 10390 need_clear = TRUE; 10391 } 10392 10393 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10394 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10395 msg_clr_eos(); 10396 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10397 length = msg_col; 10398 msg_col = 0; 10399 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10400 } 10401 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10402 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10403 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10404 10405 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10406 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10407 if (VIsual_active) 10408 clear_showcmd(); 10409 10410 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10411 * message and must be redrawn */ 10412 if (redrawing() 10413 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10414 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10415 # endif 10416 ) 10417 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10418 #endif 10419 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10420 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10421 10422 return length; 10423 } 10424 10425 /* 10426 * Position for a mode message. 10427 */ 10428 static void 10429 msg_pos_mode(void) 10430 { 10431 msg_col = 0; 10432 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10433 } 10434 10435 /* 10436 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10437 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10438 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10439 */ 10440 void 10441 unshowmode(int force) 10442 { 10443 /* 10444 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10445 */ 10446 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10447 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10448 else 10449 clearmode(); 10450 } 10451 10452 /* 10453 * Clear the mode message. 10454 */ 10455 void 10456 clearmode(void) 10457 { 10458 msg_pos_mode(); 10459 if (Recording) 10460 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10461 msg_clr_eos(); 10462 } 10463 10464 static void 10465 recording_mode(int attr) 10466 { 10467 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10468 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10469 { 10470 char_u s[4]; 10471 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10472 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10477 /* 10478 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10479 */ 10480 static void 10481 draw_tabline(void) 10482 { 10483 int tabcount = 0; 10484 tabpage_T *tp; 10485 int tabwidth; 10486 int col = 0; 10487 int scol = 0; 10488 int attr; 10489 win_T *wp; 10490 win_T *cwp; 10491 int wincount; 10492 int modified; 10493 int c; 10494 int len; 10495 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10496 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10497 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10498 char_u *p; 10499 int room; 10500 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10501 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10502 && !gui.in_use 10503 #endif 10504 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10505 && !p_tgc 10506 #endif 10507 ); 10508 10509 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10510 return; 10511 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10512 10513 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10514 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10515 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10516 { 10517 gui_update_tabline(); 10518 return; 10519 } 10520 #endif 10521 10522 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10523 return; 10524 10525 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10526 10527 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10528 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10529 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10530 10531 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10532 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10533 { 10534 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10535 10536 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10537 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10538 did_emsg = FALSE; 10539 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10540 if (did_emsg) 10541 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10542 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10543 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10544 } 10545 else 10546 #endif 10547 { 10548 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10549 ++tabcount; 10550 10551 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10552 if (tabwidth < 6) 10553 tabwidth = 6; 10554 10555 attr = attr_nosel; 10556 tabcount = 0; 10557 scol = 0; 10558 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10559 tp = tp->tp_next) 10560 { 10561 scol = col; 10562 10563 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10564 attr = attr_sel; 10565 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10566 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10567 10568 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10569 attr = attr_nosel; 10570 10571 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10572 10573 if (tp == curtab) 10574 { 10575 cwp = curwin; 10576 wp = firstwin; 10577 } 10578 else 10579 { 10580 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10581 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10582 } 10583 10584 modified = FALSE; 10585 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10586 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10587 modified = TRUE; 10588 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10589 { 10590 if (wincount > 1) 10591 { 10592 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10593 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10594 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10595 break; 10596 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10597 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10598 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10599 #else 10600 attr 10601 #endif 10602 ); 10603 col += len; 10604 } 10605 if (modified) 10606 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10607 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10608 } 10609 10610 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10611 if (room > 0) 10612 { 10613 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10614 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10615 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10616 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10617 p = NameBuff; 10618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10619 if (has_mbyte) 10620 while (len > room) 10621 { 10622 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10623 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10624 } 10625 else 10626 #endif 10627 if (len > room) 10628 { 10629 p += len - room; 10630 len = room; 10631 } 10632 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10633 len = Columns - col - 1; 10634 10635 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10636 col += len; 10637 } 10638 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10639 10640 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10641 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10642 ++tabcount; 10643 while (scol < col) 10644 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10645 } 10646 10647 if (use_sep_chars) 10648 c = '_'; 10649 else 10650 c = ' '; 10651 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10652 10653 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10654 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10655 { 10656 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10657 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10658 } 10659 } 10660 10661 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10662 * set. */ 10663 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10664 } 10665 10666 /* 10667 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10668 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10669 */ 10670 void 10671 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10672 { 10673 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10674 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10675 else 10676 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10677 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10678 } 10679 #endif 10680 10681 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10682 /* 10683 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10684 */ 10685 static int 10686 fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin) 10687 { 10688 int fill; 10689 if (is_curwin) 10690 { 10691 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10692 fill = fill_stl; 10693 } 10694 else 10695 { 10696 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10697 fill = fill_stlnc; 10698 } 10699 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10700 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10701 * current window */ 10702 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10703 || !is_curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10704 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10705 return fill; 10706 if (is_curwin) 10707 return '^'; 10708 return '='; 10709 } 10710 #endif 10711 10712 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10713 /* 10714 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10715 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10716 */ 10717 static int 10718 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10719 { 10720 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10721 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10722 return '|'; 10723 else 10724 return fill_vert; 10725 } 10726 #endif 10727 10728 /* 10729 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10730 */ 10731 int 10732 redrawing(void) 10733 { 10734 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10735 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10736 return 0; 10737 else 10738 #endif 10739 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10740 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10741 } 10742 10743 /* 10744 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10745 */ 10746 int 10747 messaging(void) 10748 { 10749 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10750 } 10751 10752 /* 10753 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10754 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10755 */ 10756 void 10757 showruler(int always) 10758 { 10759 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10760 return; 10761 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10762 if (pum_visible()) 10763 { 10764 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10765 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10766 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10767 # endif 10768 return; 10769 } 10770 #endif 10771 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10772 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10773 { 10774 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10775 } 10776 else 10777 #endif 10778 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10779 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10780 #endif 10781 10782 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10783 if (need_maketitle 10784 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10785 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10786 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10787 # endif 10788 ) 10789 maketitle(); 10790 #endif 10791 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10792 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10793 if (redraw_tabline) 10794 draw_tabline(); 10795 #endif 10796 } 10797 10798 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10799 static void 10800 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10801 { 10802 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10803 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10804 int row; 10805 int fillchar; 10806 int attr; 10807 int empty_line = FALSE; 10808 colnr_T virtcol; 10809 int i; 10810 size_t len; 10811 int o; 10812 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10813 int this_ru_col; 10814 int off = 0; 10815 int width = Columns; 10816 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10817 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10818 #else 10819 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10820 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10821 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10822 #endif 10823 10824 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10825 if (!p_ru) 10826 return; 10827 10828 /* 10829 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10830 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10831 */ 10832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10833 return; 10834 10835 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10836 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10837 * the (long) mode message. */ 10838 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10839 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10840 # endif 10841 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10842 return; 10843 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10844 if (pum_visible()) 10845 return; 10846 #endif 10847 10848 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10849 if (*p_ruf) 10850 { 10851 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10852 10853 called_emsg = FALSE; 10854 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10855 if (called_emsg) 10856 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10857 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10858 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10859 return; 10860 } 10861 #endif 10862 10863 /* 10864 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10865 */ 10866 if (!(State & INSERT) 10867 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10868 empty_line = TRUE; 10869 10870 /* 10871 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10872 */ 10873 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10874 if ( redraw_cmdline 10875 || always 10876 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10877 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10878 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10879 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10880 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10881 #endif 10882 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10883 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10884 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10885 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10886 #endif 10887 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10888 { 10889 cursor_off(); 10890 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10891 if (wp->w_status_height) 10892 { 10893 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10894 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 10895 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10896 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10897 } 10898 else 10899 #endif 10900 { 10901 row = Rows - 1; 10902 fillchar = ' '; 10903 attr = 0; 10904 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10905 width = Columns; 10906 off = 0; 10907 #endif 10908 } 10909 10910 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10911 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10912 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10913 { 10914 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10915 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10916 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10917 } 10918 10919 /* 10920 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10921 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10922 */ 10923 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10924 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10925 ? 0L 10926 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10927 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10928 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10929 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10930 (int)virtcol + 1); 10931 10932 /* 10933 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10934 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10935 * screen up on some terminals). 10936 */ 10937 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10938 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10939 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10940 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10941 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10942 #endif 10943 ++o; 10944 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10945 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10946 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10947 this_ru_col = 0; 10948 #endif 10949 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10950 * half for the filename. */ 10951 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10952 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10953 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10954 { 10955 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10956 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10957 { 10958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10959 if (has_mbyte) 10960 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10961 else 10962 #endif 10963 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10964 ++o; 10965 } 10966 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10967 } 10968 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10970 if (has_mbyte) 10971 { 10972 o = 0; 10973 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10974 { 10975 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10976 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10977 { 10978 buffer[i] = NUL; 10979 break; 10980 } 10981 } 10982 } 10983 else 10984 #endif 10985 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10986 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10987 10988 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 10989 i = redraw_cmdline; 10990 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10991 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10992 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 10993 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10994 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10995 redraw_cmdline = i; 10996 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10997 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10998 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10999 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11000 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11001 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11002 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11003 #endif 11004 } 11005 } 11006 #endif 11007 11008 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11009 /* 11010 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11011 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11012 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11013 */ 11014 int 11015 number_width(win_T *wp) 11016 { 11017 int n; 11018 linenr_T lnum; 11019 11020 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11021 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11022 lnum = wp->w_height; 11023 else 11024 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11025 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11026 11027 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11028 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11029 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11030 11031 n = 0; 11032 do 11033 { 11034 lnum /= 10; 11035 ++n; 11036 } while (lnum > 0); 11037 11038 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11039 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11040 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11041 11042 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11043 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11044 return n; 11045 } 11046 #endif 11047 11048 /* 11049 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11050 * screen. First column is 0. 11051 */ 11052 int 11053 screen_screencol(void) 11054 { 11055 return screen_cur_col; 11056 } 11057 11058 /* 11059 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11060 * First row is 0. 11061 */ 11062 int 11063 screen_screenrow(void) 11064 { 11065 return screen_cur_row; 11066 } 11067